JP7670668B2 - Gaming Machines - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state.

Conventionally, pachinko gaming machines, which are representative of gaming machines, are primarily composed of an outer frame for installation and fixing on a gaming island, an inner frame supported so as to be rotatable around the left side of the outer frame, and a door frame supported so as to be rotatable around the left side of the inner frame, and it is possible to open and close the inner frame and door frame relative to the outer frame, and to open and close the door frame relative to the inner frame.
This type of pachinko gaming machine is decorated on the front of the door frame to highlight the machine to players, but in recent years there has been a trend toward an increasing number of gaming machines equipped with larger three-dimensional decorations (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
In addition, this type of gaming machine includes a gaming machine that can execute a presentation mode in which a specific lamp lights up red when a special symbol is won, to inform the player of high expectations (see, for example, non-patent document 1), and a gaming machine that can execute a presentation mode in which a vibration is generated to inform the player when three or four reserved memories are stored in order to prevent the player from suffering disadvantages due to wasted hits (see, for example, non-patent document 2).

JP 2021-115320 A

"[Re:ZERO Onigakari Sakibari Mode Thorough Explanation!] About Sakibari Mode", [online], November 1, 2022, DMM Pachi Town, [Retrieved December 15, 2022], Internet <URL: https://p-town.dmm.com/specials/2655#report-index-44420> "[P Garo Moonbow Traveler] I played the new Garo "Editorial Column: Kedama No. 3 13th Ball"", [online], June 15, 2021, Pachimaga Slotmaga FREE, [Retrieved December 15, 2022], Internet <URL: https://maga-free.com/column/f75d867be97038599c31509019da732bfe7d6ecd.php>

In the gaming machine described in the above Patent Document 1, the door frame load increases due to the large and three-dimensional decoration. In addition, in the presentation mode described in Non-Patent Document 1, when the specific lamp does not light up in red, the player's expectation is low, so the player's interest in the presentation display with low expectation when the specific lamp does not light up decreases. In addition, in the presentation mode described in Non-Patent Document 2, the number of reserved memories can be known without visually checking the reserved memory display. Therefore, when these presentation modes are executed, the player's interest in the presentation display and the reserved memory display significantly decreases, so that the number of players who play the so-called "while playing" game, in which one hand holds the ball operation handle to perform the firing operation while the other hand looks at and operates the mobile terminal, is increasing. In particular, players who play this "while playing" game often operate the mobile terminal in a comfortable position by leaning the other arm against the gaming machine with their elbow on the upper plate of the gaming machine.
In this way, in addition to the weight of large decorations, the door frames and inner frames are subjected to large loads that were not anticipated at the manufacturing stage, such as from players leaning on them. This causes the door frames and inner frames to twist and deform when opened, or the opposite side of the pivot axis to sink downward and sag, resulting in problems when closing the door frames or inner frames.
The present invention has been made in consideration of such problems, and has an object to provide an amusement machine which can prevent malfunctions occurring when closing the door frame.

A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the opening angle is small when unlocked from the state in which the inner frame is locked, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the opening angle is small when unlocked from the state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
The corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state ,
the inner frame has a first guide portion that slides a guided portion of the door frame to guide the door frame toward a closed position,
the outer frame has a second guiding portion that slides a guided portion of the inner frame to guide the inner frame toward a closed position,
a length over which the second guide portion guides the guided portion of the inner frame is longer than a length over which the first guide portion guides the guided portion of the door frame;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60

The present invention may have only the invention-specific features described in the claims of the present invention, or may have the invention-specific features described in the claims of the present invention as well as features other than the invention-specific features.

FIG. 1 is a front view showing a gaming machine according to an embodiment. 1 is a configuration diagram showing various control boards etc. installed in a pachinko gaming machine. 13A and 13B are diagrams illustrating examples of performance control commands. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing each random number. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing a display result determination table. (A) is an explanatory diagram showing a jackpot type determination table, and (B) is an explanatory diagram of jackpot types. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram of a fluctuation pattern. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram of a fluctuation pattern determination table. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a data retention area for game control. (A) is an explanatory diagram showing the data holding area for performance control, and (B) is an explanatory diagram showing the command buffer received at the time of start winning. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of a game control main process. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of a timer interrupt process for game control. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of a special symbol process. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of a start winning determination process. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of a performance control main process. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of a performance control process. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of a pre-reading light emission performance process. An explanatory diagram showing the determination ratio of whether or not to execute a pre-reading light-emitting effect. 11 is an explanatory diagram of the display mode of the image display device when a demo performance is started. FIG. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing the flow of variable display of super reach. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing the flow of variable display of super reach. 1 is a perspective view showing a second open state of the pachinko game machine. 13 is an oblique view showing a fourth open state of the pachinko game machine. FIG. FIG. 2 is a rear view showing the pachinko gaming machine. FIG. 2 is a left side view showing the pachinko gaming machine. FIG. 2 is a right side view showing the pachinko gaming machine. FIG. 1 is a plan view showing a pachinko gaming machine. FIG. 2 is a bottom view showing a pachinko gaming machine. FIG. 1A is a front view showing the outer frame, and FIG. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a frame for an amusement machine. 1A is a front view showing the frame for the gaming machine, and FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of a frame for an amusement machine. FIG. FIG. This is an oblique view of the main parts showing the internal structure of the opening and closing door frame and the frame for the gaming machine. This is a cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the outer frame, the rotation axis T1 of the game machine frame, and the rotation axis T2 of the game machine frame and the opening and closing door frame, as viewed from the side. 13A and 13B are conceptual diagrams showing the rotational state of the game machine frame around the rotation axis T1. 13A to 13C are conceptual diagrams for explaining the second open state in which there is no hanging down. 1A to 1C and 1B to 1C are conceptual diagrams for explaining the second open state in which sagging occurs. A diagram showing a player playing while doing other things. 1A to 1A are schematic diagrams showing a closed state, and A4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the slider member and a guided member. 1A to 1B are schematic diagrams showing a first open state, and FIG. 1B is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the slider member and the guided member. 1C to 1C3 are schematic diagrams showing a first open state, and 1C4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the slider member and the guided member. 10(D1) to 10(D3) are schematic diagrams showing the second open state, and 10(C4) is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the slider member and the guided member. 1A to 1A are schematic diagrams showing a closed state, and A4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the slider member and a guided member. 10(B1) to 10(B3) are schematic diagrams showing a third open state, and 10(B4) is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the slider member and the guided member. 1C to 1C3 are schematic diagrams showing a third open state, and 1C4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the slider member and the guided member. 10(D1) to 10(D3) are schematic diagrams showing a fourth open state, and 10(C4) is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the slider member and the guided member. 10A to 10C are schematic cross-sectional views showing the structure of a specific internal intrusion part and an intruded part in the dispensing passage when the dispensing passage changes from a closed state to a first open state. (A1) to (A3) are schematic cross-sectional views showing the structure of a specific internal intrusion part and an intruded part in the ball removal passage as it changes from a closed state to a first open state. (A1) to (A3) are schematic cross-sectional views showing the structure of a specific internal intrusion part and an intruded part in an opening/closing door frame bottom part as it changes from a closed state to a first open state. (B1) to (B3) are schematic plan views showing the structure of a specific internal intrusion part and an intruded part in the opening and closing door frame bottom part as it changes from a closed state to a first open state. (C1) to (C3) are schematic front views showing the structure of a specific internal intrusion part and an intruded part in the opening and closing door frame bottom part as it changes from a closed state to a first open state. 1A to 1C are schematic cross-sectional views showing the operation of the switch and the special parts in the ball passage when the state changes from a closed state to a first open state. 11A to 11C are diagrams for explaining the operating modes of each part associated with the opening and closing operations of the opening and closing door frame. 10A to 10C are schematic cross-sectional views showing the structure of the frame for the gaming machine and the bottom part of the outer frame when the frame changes from a closed state to a third open state. 13A to 13C are schematic cross-sectional views showing the structure of the frame and outer frame for the gaming machine as they change from a closed state to a third open state and a fourth state. 13A to 13C are schematic plan and rear views showing the structure of the gaming machine frame and outer frame as they change from a closed state to a third open state and a fourth open state. 13A and 13B are schematic cross-sectional views showing the structure of the frame and outer frame for the gaming machine when they change from a closed state to a third open state. 11A to 11C are diagrams for explaining the operating modes of each part associated with the opening and closing operations of the gaming machine frame. A rear view showing the arrangement of the guide passages and screw members at the top of the gaming machine frame. A plan view showing the arrangement of the guide passages and screw members at the top of the gaming machine frame. 6 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the first guide passage forming portion, showing a moving state of the screw member; FIG. 10A is a vertical cross-sectional view of the first guide passage forming portion, showing the movement state of the screw member when sagging occurs, and FIG. 10B is a vertical cross-sectional view of the first guide passage forming portion, showing the movement state of the screw member when sagging occurs. 1A and 1B are diagrams showing the main parts of a pachinko gaming machine as modified example 1 of the present invention. A diagram showing the main parts of a pachinko gaming machine as modified example 2 of the present invention. 13A and 13B are diagrams showing the main parts of a pachinko gaming machine as modified example 3 of the present invention. FIG. 13A is a diagram showing the movement of the game ball in the second open state, and FIGS. FIG. 13A is a diagram showing the movement of the game ball in the fourth open state, and FIGS.

The following describes how the gaming machine of the present invention can be implemented.

[Form 1]
The gaming machine of form 1 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame and an inner frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
The specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the closed state to the first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific interior entry parts will not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts, so deterioration of the gaming machine is prevented and gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49, Figure 50, Figure 55

[Form 2]
The gaming machine of form 2 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame and an inner frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
The specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific interior entry parts will not interfere with the door frame parts or inner frame parts when the door frame is closed, so that gaming facility staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49, Figure 50, Figure 55

[Form 3]
The gaming machine of form 3 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame and inner frame to sag more than expected, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, thereby allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 56, Figure 60

[Form 4]
The gaming machine of form 4 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame and inner frame to sag more than expected, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame when the inner frame is closed, thereby allowing game store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 56, Figure 60

[Form 5]
The gaming machine of form 5 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
The corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60

[Form 6]
The gaming machine of form 6 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
The corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame and inner frame to sag more than expected, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when the inner frame is closed, allowing game store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60

[Form 7]
The gaming machine of form 7 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame and an inner frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the closed state to the first unlocked state,
a door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame, the door frame predetermined part being overlapped with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
The door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame is changed from the closed state to the first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific interior entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.Furthermore, the door frame specified parts near the bottom of the door frame do not come into contact with the inner frame specified parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 51 to 53, and 55

[Form 8]
The gaming machine of form 8 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the closed state to the first unlocked state,
When the door frame is in the closed state and the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts, preventing deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, preventing loss of the gaming ball and ensuring the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 67 to 69

[Mode 9]
The gaming machine of form 9 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the closed state to the first unlocked state,
When the door frame is in the closed state and the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts, preventing deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, preventing loss of the gaming ball and ensuring the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 67 to 69

[Form 10]
The gaming machine of form 10 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame and an inner frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state,
a door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame, the door frame predetermined part being overlapped with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
The door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific interior entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.Furthermore, the door frame specified parts near the bottom of the door frame do not come into contact with the inner frame specified parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 51 to 53

[Form 11]
The gaming machine of form 11 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame and an inner frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state,
A special part different from the specific interior entry part is provided on the door frame or the inner frame,
The special part comes into contact with a switch provided on the inner frame or the door frame, and a specific event can occur when the special part presses the switch to a predetermined depth;
The special part is provided at a position where, when the door frame is changed from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state, the special part comes into contact with the switch but is not pressed down to the predetermined depth, and then, when the door frame is changed to the closed state, the special part comes into contact with the switch and is pressed down to the predetermined depth.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific interior entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming machine is prevented from deteriorating and the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly. Also, even if the door frame sags, it does not affect the occurrence of the specific event, so it is possible to play games smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49, Figure 50, Figure 54, Figure 55

[Form 12]
A gaming machine of form 12 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state,
When the door frame is in the closed state and the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific interior entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, which prevents the loss of the gaming ball and ensures the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 67 to 69

[Form 13]
The gaming machine of form 13 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state,
When the door frame is in the closed state and the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific interior entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, which prevents the loss of the gaming ball and ensures the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 67 to 69

[Form 14]
A gaming machine of form 14 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
A door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame and overlaps with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state,
The door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is installed in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, since the door frame specific part near the bottom surface of the door frame does not come into contact with the inner frame specific part, the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figures 39 to 48, Figures 51 to 53, Figure 56

[Form 15]
A gaming machine of form 15 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is installed in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, since the door frame specific part near the bottom surface of the door frame does not come into contact with the inner frame specific part, the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, so that the loss of the gaming ball and the safety of the player can be ensured.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 67 to 69

[Form 16]
A gaming machine of form 16 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is installed in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, since the door frame specific part near the bottom surface of the door frame does not come into contact with the inner frame specific part, the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 67 to 69

[Form 17]
The gaming machine of form 17 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
The gaming machine includes:
A storage section capable of storing game media;
A payout unit capable of paying out game media;
a guide passage forming section having an open upper surface and forming a guide passage for guiding the gaming media from the storage section to the payout section;
A cover portion provided to cover a part of an upper surface of the guide passage forming portion;
Further comprising:
a predetermined limiting portion is provided on the cover portion to limit the screw member that has fallen onto the cover portion from falling into the guide passage forming portion,
The inner frame has a shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed,
The cover portion is inclined by making a portion thereof opposite to the shaft portion higher than a portion thereof on the shaft portion side,
The predetermined inclination is greater than an angle at which the inner frame sags when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state and in the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is located in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if the screw is caught in the predetermined limiting part of the cover member when the inner frame is unlocked, since it has an inclination greater than the sagging of the inner frame, the screw does not flow back into the storage part, and the screw can be easily collected.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 61 to 64

[Form 18]
The gaming machine of form 18 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame and overlaps with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state,
the door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is installed in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is closed, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, since the door frame specific part near the bottom surface of the door frame does not come into contact with the inner frame specific part, the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figures 39 to 48, Figures 51 to 53, Figure 56

[Form 19]
The gaming machine of form 19 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A special part is provided on the door frame or the inner frame;
The special part comes into contact with a switch provided on the inner frame or the door frame, and a specific event can occur when the special part presses the switch to a predetermined depth;
The special part is provided at a position where, when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state, the special part comes into contact with the switch but is not pressed down to the predetermined depth, and then, when the door frame changes to the door frame closed state, the special part comes into contact with the switch and is pressed down to the predetermined depth.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is positioned so that it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is closed, so that the gaming machine can be prevented from further deterioration and the gaming store staff can carry out their work smoothly. Also, even if the door frame sags, it does not affect the occurrence of the specific event, so it is possible to play smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 50, Figure 54, Figure 56

[Form 20]
The gaming machine of form 20 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is positioned so as not to come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is closed, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, which prevents the loss of the gaming ball and ensures the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 67 to 69

[Form 21]
The gaming machine of form 21 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is positioned so as not to come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is closed, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, which prevents the loss of the gaming ball and ensures the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 67 to 69

[Mode 22]
The gaming machine of form 22 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
The gaming machine includes:
A storage section capable of storing game media;
A payout unit capable of paying out game media;
a guide passage forming section having an open upper surface and forming a guide passage for guiding the gaming media from the storage section to the payout section;
A cover portion provided to cover a part of an upper surface of the guide passage forming portion;
Further comprising:
a predetermined limiting portion is provided on the cover portion to limit the screw member that has fallen onto the cover portion from falling into the guide passage forming portion,
The inner frame has a shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed,
The cover portion is inclined by making a portion thereof opposite to the shaft portion higher than a portion thereof on the shaft portion side,
The predetermined inclination is greater than an angle at which the inner frame sags when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state and in the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is positioned so as not to come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is closed, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if the screw is caught in the predetermined limiting part of the cover member when the inner frame is unlocked, since it has an inclination greater than the sagging of the inner frame, the screw does not flow back into the storage part, and the screw can be easily collected.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 61 to 64

[Mode 23]
The gaming machine of form 23 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
The corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
A door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame and overlaps with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state,
The door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, the door frame specific parts near the bottom of the door frame do not come into contact with the inner frame specific parts, allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 57 to 60

[Form 24]
The gaming machine of form 24 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
The corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to carry out the work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, preventing loss of the gaming ball and ensuring the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60, 67 to 69

[Form 25]
The gaming machine of form 25 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
The corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to carry out the work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, preventing loss of the gaming ball and ensuring the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60, 67 to 69

[Form 26]
The gaming machine of form 26 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
The corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
The gaming machine includes:
A storage section capable of storing game media;
A payout unit capable of paying out game media;
a guide passage forming section having an open upper surface and forming a guide passage for guiding the gaming media from the storage section to the payout section;
A cover portion provided to cover a part of an upper surface of the guide passage forming portion;
Further comprising:
a predetermined limiting portion is provided on the cover portion to limit the screw member that has fallen onto the cover portion from falling into the guide passage forming portion,
The inner frame has a shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed,
The cover portion is inclined by making a portion thereof opposite to the shaft portion higher than a portion thereof on the shaft portion side,
The predetermined inclination is greater than an angle at which the inner frame sags when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state and in the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so as not to come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to perform the work smoothly. Furthermore, even if the screw is caught in the specified limiting portion of the cover member when the inner frame is unlocked, the inner frame has an inclination greater than the sagging, so the screw does not flow back into the storage portion and the screw can be easily collected.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60, 61 to 64

[Mode 27]
The gaming machine of form 27 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame and overlaps with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state,
the door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, the door frame specific parts near the bottom of the door frame do not come into contact with the inner frame specific parts, allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 51 to 53, 57 to 60

[Mode 28]
The gaming machine of form 28 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A special part is provided on the door frame or the inner frame;
The special part comes into contact with a switch provided on the inner frame or the door frame, and a specific event can occur when the special part presses the switch to a predetermined depth;
The special part is provided at a position where, when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state, the special part comes into contact with the switch but is not pressed down to the predetermined depth, and then, when the door frame changes to the door frame closed state, the special part comes into contact with the switch and is pressed down to the predetermined depth.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to carry out their work smoothly. Also, even if the door frame sags, it does not affect the occurrence of a specific event, making it possible to play games smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 50, Figure 56

[Mode 29]
The gaming machine of form 29 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to carry out the work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, preventing loss of the gaming ball and ensuring the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 67 to 69

[Form 30]
The gaming machine of form 30 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to carry out the work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, preventing the loss of the gaming ball and ensuring the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 67 to 69

[Mode 31]
The gaming machine of embodiment 31 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
The gaming machine includes:
A storage section capable of storing game media;
A payout unit capable of paying out game media;
a guide passage forming section having an open upper surface and forming a guide passage for guiding the gaming media from the storage section to the payout section;
A cover portion provided to cover a part of an upper surface of the guide passage forming portion;
Further comprising:
a predetermined limiting portion is provided on the cover portion to limit the screw member that has fallen onto the cover portion from falling into the guide passage forming portion,
The inner frame has a shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed,
The cover portion is inclined by making a portion thereof opposite to the shaft portion higher than a portion thereof on the shaft portion side,
The predetermined inclination is greater than an angle at which the inner frame sags when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state and in the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are located in a position where they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall to the player's side, which can prevent the loss of the gaming ball and ensure the safety of the player. Furthermore, even if the screw is caught in the predetermined limiting portion of the cover member when the inner frame is unlocked, the inner frame has an inclination greater than the sagging, so the screw does not flow back into the storage portion and the screw can be easily collected.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 61 to 64

[Mode 32]
The gaming machine of form 32 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame and an inner frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
The specific internal entry part is
the locking mechanism is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inner entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inner entry part when the door frame changes from the closed state to the first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inner entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inner entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific interior entry parts will not interfere with the door frame parts or inner frame parts when the door frame is unlocked or closed, so deterioration of the gaming machine is prevented and gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49

[Mode 33]
The gaming machine of embodiment 33 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame and an inner frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
The specific internal entry part is
the locking mechanism is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the closed state to the first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state,
a door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame, the door frame predetermined part being overlapped with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
The door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame is changed from the closed state to the first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked or closed, the specific interior entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.Furthermore, the door frame specified parts near the bottom of the door frame do not come into contact with the inner frame specified parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49, Figure 51, Figure 56

[Form 34]
The gaming machine of form 34 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame and an inner frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
The specific internal entry part is
the locking mechanism is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the closed state to the first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state,
A special part different from the specific interior entry part is provided on the door frame or the inner frame,
The special part comes into contact with a switch provided on the inner frame or the door frame, and a specific event can occur when the special part presses the switch to a predetermined depth;
The special part is provided at a position where, when the door frame is changed from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state, the special part comes into contact with the switch but is not pressed down to the predetermined depth, and then, when the door frame is changed to the closed state, the special part comes into contact with the switch and is pressed down to the predetermined depth.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when the door frame is unlocked or closed, so that the gaming machine is prevented from deteriorating and the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly. Also, even if the door frame sags, it does not affect the occurrence of the specific event, so that the game can be played smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49, Figure 50, Figure 54

[Form 35]
The gaming machine of embodiment 35 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
The specific internal entry part is
the locking mechanism is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the closed state to the first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state,
When the door frame is in the closed state and the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when the door frame is unlocked or closed, so that the gaming machine can be prevented from deteriorating and the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, which prevents the loss of the gaming ball and ensures the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 67 to 69

[Mode 36]
The gaming machine of embodiment 36 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the first unlocked state;
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the closed state;
the door frame hangs more vertically in the first unlocked state than in the closed state,
The specific internal entry part is
the locking mechanism is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the closed state to the first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the second unlocked state to the first unlocked state and then to the closed state,
When the door frame is in the closed state and the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when the door frame is unlocked or closed, so that the gaming machine can be prevented from deteriorating and the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, which prevents the loss of the gaming ball and ensures the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 67 to 69

[Mode 37]
The gaming machine of embodiment 37 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame and inner frame to sag more than expected, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, thereby allowing gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 56

[Mode 38]
The gaming machine of embodiment 38 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame and overlaps with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state,
The door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame is installed in a position where the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, the door frame specific part near the bottom surface of the door frame does not come into contact with the inner frame specific part, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figures 39 to 48, Figures 51 to 53, Figure 56

[Mode 39]
The gaming machine of embodiment 39 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A special part is provided on the door frame or the inner frame;
The special part comes into contact with a switch provided on the inner frame or the door frame, and a specific event can occur when the special part presses the switch to a predetermined depth;
The special part is provided at a position where, when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state, the special part comes into contact with the switch but is not pressed down to the predetermined depth, and then, when the door frame changes to the door frame closed state, the special part comes into contact with the switch and is pressed down to the predetermined depth.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is installed in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, so that the gaming machine can be prevented from further deterioration and the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly. Also, even if the door frame sags, it does not affect the occurrence of the specific event, so it is possible to play smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 50, Figure 54, Figure 56

[Form 40]
The gaming machine of form 40 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is installed in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, which prevents the loss of the gaming ball and ensures the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 65 to 67

[Form 41]
The gaming machine of form 41 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is installed in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, which prevents the loss of the gaming ball and ensures the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 65 to 67

[Form 42]
The gaming machine of form 42 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
The gaming machine includes:
A storage section capable of storing game media;
A payout unit capable of paying out game media;
a guide passage forming section having an open upper surface and forming a guide passage for guiding the gaming media from the storage section to the payout section;
A cover portion provided to cover a part of an upper surface of the guide passage forming portion;
Further comprising:
a predetermined limiting portion is provided on the cover portion to limit the screw member that has fallen onto the cover portion from falling into the guide passage forming portion,
The inner frame has a shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed,
The cover portion is inclined by making a portion thereof opposite to the shaft portion higher than a portion thereof on the shaft portion side,
The predetermined inclination is greater than an angle at which the inner frame sags when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state and in the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the inner frame specific part near the bottom surface of the inner frame is located in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part of the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if the screw is caught in the predetermined limiting part of the cover member when the inner frame is unlocked, since it has an inclination greater than the sagging of the inner frame, the screw does not flow back into the storage part, and the screw can be easily collected.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 56, 61 to 64

[Form 43]
The gaming machine of form 43 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, allowing game store staff to perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60

[Form 44]
The gaming machine of form 44 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame and overlaps with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state,
The door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, the door frame specified parts near the bottom of the door frame do not come into contact with the inner frame specified parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 51 to 53, 57 to 60

[Form 45]
The gaming machine of form 45 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A special part is provided on the door frame or the inner frame;
The special part comes into contact with a switch provided on the inner frame or the door frame, and a specific event can occur when the special part presses the switch to a predetermined depth;
The special part is provided at a position where, when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state, the special part comes into contact with the switch but is not pressed down to the predetermined depth, and then, when the door frame changes to the door frame closed state, the special part comes into contact with the switch and is pressed down to the predetermined depth.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing game store staff to perform their work smoothly. Also, even if the door frame sags, it does not affect the occurrence of a specific event, making it possible to play games smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 50, 54, 57 to 60

[Form 46]
The gaming machine of form 46 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, preventing loss of the gaming ball and ensuring the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60, 67 to 69

[Form 47]
The gaming machine of form 47 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so that they do not come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine and allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, preventing loss of the gaming ball and ensuring the safety of the player.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60, 67 to 69

[Form 48]
The gaming machine of form 48 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
the corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state, and at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
The gaming machine includes:
A storage section capable of storing game media;
A payout unit capable of paying out game media;
a guide passage forming section having an open upper surface and forming a guide passage for guiding the gaming media from the storage section to the payout section;
A cover portion provided to cover a part of an upper surface of the guide passage forming portion;
Further comprising:
a predetermined limiting portion is provided on the cover portion to limit the screw member that has fallen onto the cover portion from falling into the guide passage forming portion,
The inner frame has a shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed,
The cover portion is inclined by making a portion thereof opposite to the shaft portion higher than a portion thereof on the shaft portion side,
The predetermined inclination is greater than an angle at which the inner frame sags when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state and in the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected due to an unexpected load being placed on the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, the corners of the inner frame are positioned so as not to come into contact with the outer frame when unlocking or closing the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform the work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if the screw is caught in the predetermined limiting portion of the cover member when the inner frame is unlocked, the inner frame has an inclination greater than the sagging, so the screw does not flow back into the storage portion, making it easy to collect the screw.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 57 to 60, 61 to 64

[Form 49]
The gaming machine of embodiment 49 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when the inner frame is unlocked, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not come into contact with the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49, Figure 56

[Form 50]
The gaming machine of form 50 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
A door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame and overlaps with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state,
The door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when the inner frame is unlocked, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position where they do not come into contact with the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, the door frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the door frame do not come into contact with the inner frame specific parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 51 to 53, and 56

[Mode 51]
The gaming machine of embodiment 51 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the parts of the door frame or the parts of the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when the inner frame is unlocked, the specific inner frame parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not contact the specific outer frame parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, so that the loss of the gaming ball and the safety of the player can be ensured.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 56, 67 to 69

[Form 52]
The gaming machine of form 52 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the parts of the door frame or the parts of the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when the inner frame is unlocked, the specific inner frame parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not contact the specific outer frame parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, so that the loss of the gaming ball and the safety of the player can be ensured.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 56, 67 to 69

[Mode 53]
The gaming machine of embodiment 53 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame is changed from the door frame closed state to the door frame first unlocked state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state,
The gaming machine includes:
A storage section capable of storing game media;
A payout unit capable of paying out game media;
a guide passage forming section having an open upper surface and forming a guide passage for guiding the gaming media from the storage section to the payout section;
A cover portion provided to cover a part of an upper surface of the guide passage forming portion;
Further comprising:
a predetermined limiting portion is provided on the cover portion to limit the screw member that has fallen onto the cover portion from falling into the guide passage forming portion,
The inner frame has a shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed,
The cover portion is inclined by making a portion thereof opposite to the shaft portion higher than a portion thereof on the shaft portion side,
The predetermined inclination is greater than an angle at which the inner frame sags when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state and in the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, when the door frame is unlocked, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the parts of the door frame or the parts of the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when the inner frame is unlocked, the specific inner frame parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not contact the specific outer frame parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if the screw is caught in the predetermined limiting part of the cover member when the inner frame is unlocked, the screw does not flow back into the storage part because it has an inclination greater than the sagging of the inner frame, making it easy to collect the screw.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 56, 61 to 64

[Form 54]
The gaming machine of form 54 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific interior entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not come into contact with the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame when closing the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49, Figure 56

[Form 55]
The gaming machine of embodiment 55 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A door frame predetermined part is provided near the bottom surface of the door frame and overlaps with an inner frame predetermined part of the inner frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state,
the door frame predetermined part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the inner frame predetermined part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state;
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when closing the inner frame, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position where they do not come into contact with the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, the door frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the door frame do not come into contact with the inner frame specific parts, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 51 to 53, and 56

[Form 56]
The gaming machine of embodiment 56 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
A special part different from the specific interior entry part is provided on the door frame or the inner frame,
The special part comes into contact with a switch provided on the inner frame or the door frame, and a specific event can occur when the special part presses the switch to a predetermined depth;
The special part is provided at a position where, when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state, the special part comes into contact with the switch but is not pressed down to the predetermined depth, and then, when the door frame changes to the door frame closed state, the special part comes into contact with the switch and is pressed down to the predetermined depth.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not contact the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame when closing the inner frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame sags, it does not affect the occurrence of the specific event, so that it is possible to play games smoothly.
Corresponding drawings: Figure 33, Figure 39 to Figure 48, Figure 49, Figure 50, Figure 54, Figure 56

[Form 57]
The gaming machine of form 57 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the outer frame is located higher than an upper surface of the inner frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when the inner frame is closed, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not contact the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, so that the loss of the gaming ball and the safety of the player can be ensured.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 56, 67 to 69

[Form 58]
The gaming machine of embodiment 58 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
When the door frame is in the door frame closed state and the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state, an upper surface of the inner frame is located higher than an upper surface of the door frame,
The upper surface of the door frame is higher on the player side than on the inner frame side.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the door frame parts or the inner frame parts when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when the inner frame is closed, the inner frame specific parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not contact the outer frame specific parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if a gaming ball lands on the gaming cabinet while the player is playing, the gaming ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, so that the loss of the gaming ball and the safety of the player can be ensured.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 56, 67 to 69

[Mode 59]
The gaming machine of embodiment 59 is
A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from the locked state, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the inner frame is unlocked from a state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
The door frame or the inner frame is provided with a specific interior entry part that enters the interior of the inner frame or the interior of the door frame when the door frame is in the door frame closed state;
the door frame hangs down more vertically when in the first unlocked state than when in the closed state,
the specific inside entry part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with a part of the inner frame other than the specific inside entry part or a part of the door frame other than the specific inside entry part when the door frame changes from the door frame second unlocked state to the door frame first unlocked state and then to the door frame closed state,
an inner frame specific part is provided near a bottom surface of the inner frame and overlaps with an outer frame specific part of the outer frame when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state;
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
the inner frame specific part is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame specific part when the inner frame changes from the inner frame second unlocked state to the inner frame first unlocked state and then to the inner frame closed state,
The gaming machine includes:
A storage section capable of storing game media;
A payout unit capable of paying out game media;
a guide passage forming section having an open upper surface and forming a guide passage for guiding the gaming media from the storage section to the payout section;
A cover portion provided to cover a part of an upper surface of the guide passage forming portion;
Further comprising:
a predetermined limiting portion is provided on the cover portion to limit the screw member that has fallen onto the cover portion from falling into the guide passage forming portion,
The inner frame has a shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed,
The cover portion is inclined by making a portion thereof opposite to the shaft portion higher than a portion thereof on the shaft portion side,
The predetermined inclination is greater than an angle at which the inner frame sags when the inner frame is in the inner frame closed state and in the inner frame first unlocked state.
It is characterized by the following.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is applied to the door frame as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the door frame to sag more than expected, the specific internal entry parts do not interfere with the parts of the door frame or the parts of the inner frame when closing the door frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the gaming machine. Also, even if the door frame and the inner frame sag more than expected, when the inner frame is closed, the specific inner frame parts near the bottom surface of the inner frame are installed in a position that does not contact the specific outer frame parts of the outer frame, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing further deterioration of the gaming machine. Furthermore, even if the screw is caught in the predetermined limiting part of the cover member when the inner frame is unlocked, the inclination is greater than the sagging of the inner frame, so that the screw does not flow back into the storage part, making it easy to collect the screw.
Corresponding drawings: Figures 33, 39 to 48, 49, 56, 61 to 64

(Configuration of Pachinko Game Machine 1, etc.)
1 is a front view of a pachinko game machine 1, showing the layout of the main components. The pachinko game machine (game machine) 1 is broadly composed of a game board (gauge board) 2 that constitutes the game board surface, and a game machine frame (base frame) 3 that supports and fixes the game board 2. A game area is formed on the game board 2, and game balls as game media are shot into this game area from a predetermined ball shooting device 500 (see FIG. 31).

Note that the "variable display" of special symbols means, for example, a variable display of multiple types of special symbols (the same applies to other symbols described below). Variations include updating the display of multiple symbols, scrolling the display of multiple symbols, transforming one or more symbols, and enlarging/reducing one or more symbols. In the variation of special symbols and normal symbols described below, multiple types of special symbols or normal symbols are updated and displayed. In the variation of decorative symbols described below, multiple types of decorative symbols are scrolled or updated, or one or more decorative symbols are transformed or enlarged/reduced. Note that variations also include a mode in which a certain symbol is displayed flashing. At the end of the variable display, a specified special symbol is displayed stationary (also called derived or derived display) as the display result (the same applies to the variable display of other symbols described below). Note that the variable display may be expressed as a variable display or variation.

The special pattern variably displayed on the first special pattern display device 4A is also called the "first special pattern," and the special pattern variably displayed on the second special pattern display device 4B is also called the "second special pattern." A special pattern game using the first special pattern is also called the "first special pattern game," and a special pattern game using the second special pattern is also called the "second special pattern game." There may be only one type of special pattern display device that variably displays the special patterns.

An image display device 5 is provided near the center of the play area on the game board 2. The image display device 5 is composed of, for example, an LCD (liquid crystal display device) or an organic EL (electro luminescence) device, and displays various presentation images. The image display device 5 may also be composed of a projector and a screen. Various presentation images are displayed on the image display device 5.

For example, on the screen of the image display device 5, in synchronization with the first special game or the second special game, multiple types of decorative patterns (such as patterns showing numbers, etc.) that are different from the special patterns are variably displayed as decorative identification information. Here, in synchronization with the first special game or the second special game, decorative patterns are variably displayed (for example, scrolled up and down or updated) in each of the "left", "middle" and "right" decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, 5R. Note that the special game and the variable display of decorative patterns that are executed in synchronization are collectively referred to as simply variable display.

In addition, a display area 5S is provided at the top left of the display screen (display area) of the image display device 5 for displaying the first reserved memory number (e.g., the number "0"), the second reserved memory number (e.g., the number "4"), and a small pattern corresponding to the decorative pattern, and the small pattern is displayed variably in response to the variable display of the decorative pattern.

The first reserved memory number, the second reserved memory number, the reserved display, the small symbol, the error display (not shown) indicating an error state that has occurred in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the right-hit notification image that encourages the player to perform a right-hit operation, the time-saving remaining display that indicates the number of times the time-saving function is remaining, etc. may be displayed in front of the performance images such as characters (higher layer) to prevent the performance images from overlapping and reducing the visibility of the first reserved memory number, the second reserved memory number, the small symbol, and the error display, while the decorative symbol may be displayed behind the performance images (lower layer) to prevent the decorative symbol from overlapping and reducing the visibility of the performance images.

At the bottom of the screen of the image display device 5, there are provided display areas (special pattern reserved memory display area 5U, active display area 5F) for displaying reserved displays corresponding to variable displays whose execution is pending and active displays corresponding to variable displays that are being executed. The reserved displays and active displays are collectively referred to as variable display-compatible displays corresponding to variable displays. In this embodiment, a special pattern reserved memory display area 5U common to the first special pattern and the second special pattern is provided, but a first special pattern reserved memory display area in which a first reserved display representing a variable display whose execution of the first special pattern is pending is displayed, and a second special pattern reserved memory display area in which a second reserved display representing a variable display whose execution of the second special pattern is pending may be provided separately.

A first hold indicator 25A and a second hold indicator 25B, each of which includes a plurality of LEDs, are provided at predetermined positions on the game board 2. The first hold indicator 25A displays the first hold memory number by the number of lit LEDs. The second hold indicator 25B displays the second hold memory number by the number of lit LEDs.

A winning ball device 6A is provided below the image display device 5, and a variable winning ball device 6B is provided to the right of the winning ball device 6A.

The winning ball device 6A forms a first start winning hole that is always kept in a constant open state so that game balls can enter, for example, by a specified ball receiving member. When a game ball enters the first start winning hole, a specified number of prize balls (for example, three) are paid out and the first special game can be started.

The variable winning ball device 6B (normal electric device) forms a second start winning port that changes between a closed state and an open state by the solenoid 81 (see FIG. 2). The variable winning ball device 6B is, for example, an electric device having a movable piece that can be opened and closed, and when the solenoid 81 is in the off state, the movable piece is in the upright position, so that the second start winning port is in a closed state in which the game ball does not enter (also referred to as the second start winning port being in a closed state). On the other hand, when the solenoid 81 is in the on state, the movable piece of the variable winning ball device 6B is in a tilted position, so that the second start winning port is in an open state in which the game ball can enter (also referred to as the second start winning port being in an open state). When a game ball enters the second start winning port, a predetermined number of prize balls (for example, three) are paid out and the second special game can be started. The variable winning ball device 6B is not limited to the above as long as it changes between a closed state and an open state.

At predetermined positions on the game board 2 (e.g., three positions at the lower left of the game area), there are general winning openings 10 that are always kept in a constant open state by a predetermined ball receiving member. In this case, when a game ball enters one of the general winning openings 10, a predetermined number of game balls (e.g., 10 balls) are paid out as prize balls.

Between the winning ball device 6A and the variable winning ball device 6B, a special variable winning ball device 7 having a large winning opening is provided. The special variable winning ball device 7 has a large winning opening door that is driven to open and close by a solenoid 82 (see Figure 2), and the large winning opening door forms the large winning opening as a specific area that changes between an open state and a closed state.

As an example, in the special variable winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the large prize opening door (for the special electric device) is in the OFF state, the large prize opening door closes the large prize opening, and game balls cannot enter (pass through) the large prize opening. On the other hand, in the special variable winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the large prize opening door is in the ON state, the large prize opening door opens the large prize opening, and game balls can easily enter the large prize opening.

When a game ball enters the large prize opening, a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 14 balls) are paid out as prize balls. When a game ball enters the large prize opening, more prize balls are paid out than when a game ball enters the first start prize opening, the second start prize opening, or the general prize opening 10, for example.

The entry of a game ball into each winning port, including the general winning port 10, is also referred to as a "winning". In particular, a winning ball into the starting port (first starting winning port, second starting winning port) is also referred to as a starting winning port.

A normal symbol display 20 is provided at a predetermined position on the game board 2 (the lower left of the game area in the example shown in FIG. 1). As an example, the normal symbol display 20 is made up of a 7-segment LED or the like, and performs a variable display of normal symbols as multiple types of normal identification information different from the special symbols. The normal symbols are represented by numbers showing "0" to "9" or lighting patterns such as "-". The normal symbols may also include a pattern in which all LEDs are turned off. Such a variable display of normal symbols is also called a normal symbol game.

A pass gate 41 through which the game ball can pass is provided to the right of the image display device 5. When the game ball passes through the pass gate 41, a regular game is executed.

A regular symbol pending display 25C is provided below the regular symbol display 20. The regular symbol pending display 25C is configured to include, for example, four LEDs, and displays the regular symbol pending memory count, which is the number of regular symbol games that are pending execution, by the number of lit LEDs.

In addition to the above features, the surface of the game board 2 is provided with windmills that change the direction and speed of the game balls, as well as numerous obstacle nails. At the bottom of the game area, there is an outlet that takes in game balls that do not enter any of the winning holes.

The game area in this embodiment is composed of a left game area 2L formed to the left of the image display device 5, where game balls can flow down to enter the general winning port 10 and the first start winning port formed by the winning ball device 6A, and a right game area 2R formed to the right of the image display device 5, where game balls can flow down to enter the second start winning port formed by the variable winning ball device 6B and the special winning port formed by the special variable winning ball device 7, and can pass through the passing gate 41.

In this embodiment, the normal state (low base state) is a game state in which the player mainly shoots game balls toward the game area 2L on the left side, and the time-saving state, probability change state (high base state), and jackpot game state in this embodiment are game states in which the player shoots game balls toward the game area 2R on the right side.

In other words, the normal state in this embodiment is a gaming center where the variable display of the first special symbol is mainly executed, and the time-saving state and the probability bonus state in this embodiment are gaming states where the variable display of the second special symbol is mainly executed.

At the top of the gaming machine frame 3, speakers 8L, 8R for playing and outputting sound effects and the like are provided on the left and right, and a three-dimensional decoration unit 400 (shown in white in FIG. 1) described below is provided at the top right. A speaker 8U is provided at the bottom of the gaming machine frame 3. A main lamp 9a is provided above the image display device 5 on the gaming machine frame 3, and side lamps 9b are provided to the left and right of the main lamp 9a so as to surround the playing area, and a button lamp 9e is provided below the game board 2. The main lamp 9a, side lamps 9b, and button lamps 9e provided on the gaming machine frame 3 are also referred to as "frame lamps."

At a predetermined position on the game board 2 (above the image display device 5 in FIG. 1), a movable body 32 that operates according to the performance is provided, and a movable body lamp 9d is provided on the movable body 32. An attacca lamp 9c is provided near the special variable winning ball device 7 on the game board 2, and a decorative lamp 9f is provided on the left side of the game board 2. The attacca lamp 9c, movable body lamp 9d, and decorative lamp 9f provided on the game board 2 are also called "board lamps." The main lamp 9a, side lamp 9b, attacca lamp 9c, movable body lamp 9d, button lamp 9e, and decorative lamp 9f may be collectively referred to as the game effect lamp 9. The main lamp 9a, side lamp 9b, attacca lamp 9c, movable body lamp 9d, button lamp 9e, and decorative lamp 9f are composed of LEDs. The various lamps will be described later.

At the lower right position of the gaming machine frame 3, there are provided ball-hitting operation handles 30L, 30R (also called operation knobs) that are operated by the player or the like to launch gaming balls toward the gaming areas 2L, 2R using the ball-hitting device 500.

At a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the game areas 2L and 2R, a ball supply tray 61 (upper tray) is provided to hold (store) gaming balls dispensed as prize balls or gaming balls loaned from a predetermined ball loaning machine so that they can be supplied to the ball launching device 500. In addition to the upper tray, the gaming machine frame 3 may also be provided with a payout section (ball supply tray) from which prize balls are paid out when the upper tray is full.

An operating lever 31A that can be held and pressed by a player is attached to the lower right side of the gaming machine frame 3 below the play areas 2L and 2R. Operation of the operating lever 31A is detected by an operating lever sensor 35A (see Figure 2). A vibration motor 40 is attached to the operating lever 31A, and the operating lever 31A can be vibrated by driving the vibration motor 40.

A push button 31B that allows a player to perform a specific command operation by pressing it is provided in the lower center position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the game areas 2L and 2R. The operation of the push button 31B is detected by a push sensor 35B (see FIG. 2).

In the pachinko gaming machine 1, an operating lever 31A and a push button 31B are provided as detection means for detecting the player's actions (operations, etc.), but other detection means may also be provided.

(Outline of game progress)
The game ball is launched toward the game area by the player rotating the ball-hitting handles 30L and 30R provided on the pachinko game machine 1. When the game ball passes through the passing gate 41, a normal game is started by the normal symbol display 20. If the game ball passes through the passing gate 41 during the period during which the previous normal game is being played (if the game ball passes through the passing gate 41 but the normal game based on the passing cannot be played immediately), the normal game based on the passing is put on hold up to a predetermined upper limit (for example, 4).

In this normal game, if a specific normal symbol (a normal winning symbol) is displayed as a fixed normal symbol, the display result of the normal symbol will be "normal winning". On the other hand, if a normal symbol other than a normal winning symbol (a normal losing symbol) is displayed as a fixed normal symbol, the display result of the normal symbol will be "normal losing". When a "normal winning" occurs, an opening control is performed to keep the variable winning ball device 6B in an open state for a predetermined period of time (the second starting winning port is opened).

When a game ball enters the first start winning hole formed in the winning ball device 6A, the first special symbol game is started by the first special symbol display device 4A.

When a game ball enters the second start winning hole formed in the variable winning ball device 6B, a second special game is started by the second special pattern display device 4B.

In addition, if the game ball enters (wins) the start winning hole during the period when the special game is being played or during the period when the game is controlled to the jackpot game state described below (when a start winning occurs but the special game based on the start winning cannot be played immediately), the special game based on that entry will be put on hold until a specified upper limit number (for example, 4) is reached.

In special game, if a specific special symbol (a jackpot symbol, for example, "7"; the actual symbol varies depending on the type of jackpot, as described below) is displayed as a confirmed special symbol, it is a "jackpot", and if a special symbol other than the jackpot symbol (a losing symbol, for example, "-") is displayed as a confirmed special symbol, it is a "loss".

After the display result in the special game becomes "jackpot," the game is controlled to a jackpot game state, which is an advantageous state for the player.

In the jackpot game state, the large prize opening formed by the special variable prize ball device 7 is opened in a predetermined manner. This open state continues until either a predetermined period of time (e.g., 29 seconds or 1.8 seconds) has elapsed, or the number of game balls that have entered the large prize opening reaches a predetermined number (e.g., 9), whichever comes first. The predetermined period is the maximum period during which the large prize opening can be opened in one round, and is hereinafter also referred to as the maximum opening period. This cycle in which the large prize opening is open is called a round (round game). In the jackpot game state, the round can be repeated until the predetermined maximum number of times (10 times or 2 times) is reached.

In the jackpot gaming state, the player can get prize balls by making the gaming ball enter the big prize opening. Therefore, the jackpot gaming state is an advantageous state for the player. The more rounds there are in the jackpot gaming state, and the longer the upper limit opening period, the more advantageous it is for the player.

The "jackpot" has a jackpot type set. For example, there are multiple types of opening modes of the jackpot opening (number of rounds or maximum opening period) and game states after the jackpot game state (normal state, time-saving state, special state, etc.), and the jackpot type is set according to these. There may be jackpot types that offer many prize balls, jackpot types that offer few prize balls, or jackpot types that offer almost no prize balls.

After the jackpot game state ends, the game may be controlled to a time-saving state or a special state depending on the type of jackpot mentioned above.

In the time-saving state, control (time-saving control) is executed to shorten the average special symbol fluctuation time (period during which the special symbol fluctuates) more than in the normal state. In the time-saving state, control (high opening control, high base control) is also executed to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning hole by shortening the average regular symbol fluctuation time (period during which the regular symbol fluctuates) more than in the normal state and by improving the probability of a "regular symbol hit" in the regular symbol game more than in the normal state. The time-saving state is an advantageous state for the player because it is a state in which the fluctuation efficiency of special symbols (especially the second special symbol) is improved.

In the probability variable state (probability fluctuating state), in addition to time-saving control, probability variable control is executed, which increases the probability that the display result will be a "jackpot" compared to the normal state. The probability variable state is an even more advantageous state for the player, as it not only improves the efficiency of special symbol fluctuation, but also makes it easier to get a "jackpot."

The time-saving state or the probability of a special bonus state will continue until one of the end conditions is met first, such as the specified number of special games being played or the start of the next big win game state. The end condition of the state in which the specified number of special games have been played is also called a count-cut (count-cut time-saving state, count-cut probability of a special bonus state, etc.).

The normal state refers to a game state other than advantageous states such as a jackpot game state that is advantageous to the player, and special states such as a time-saving state and a probability-varying state, and is a state in which the pachinko game machine 1, such as the probability that the display result in the normal game will be a "normal hit" and the probability that the display result in the special game will be a "jackpot", is controlled in the same way as the initial setting state of the pachinko game machine 1 (for example, when a system reset is performed and the specified return process is not executed after the power is turned on).

The state in which probability variable control is being executed is also called a high probability state, and the state in which probability variable control is not being executed is also called a low probability state. The state in which time-saving control is being executed is also called a high base state, and the state in which time-saving control is not being executed is also called a low base state. Combining these, the time-saving state is also called a low probability high base state, the probability variable state is a high probability high base state, and the normal state is a low probability low base state. The high probability state and low base state are also called a high probability low base state.

The game state may change based on the game ball passing through a specific area (e.g., a specific area in a big prize opening) during a big win game state. For example, when the game ball passes through a specific area, the game state may be controlled to a high probability state after the big win game state.

(Progression of the performance, etc.)
In the pachinko game machine 1, various effects (effects to notify the progress of the game or to liven up the game) are executed according to the progress of the game. The effects are described below. The effects are executed by displaying various effect images on the image display device 5, but in addition to or instead of the display, the effects may be executed as sound output from the speakers 8L, 8R, and 8U, turning on or off the game effect lamp 9, operating the movable body 32, or as an effect using any effect device including some or all of these.

As an effect that is executed according to the progress of the game, in the "left", "middle" and "right" decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C and 5R provided on the image display device 5, a variable display of decorative patterns begins in response to the start of the first or second special pattern game. At the timing when the display result (also called the determined special pattern) in the first or second special pattern game is displayed statically, the determined decorative pattern (a combination of three decorative patterns) which is the display result of the variable display of the decorative patterns is also displayed statically (derived).

During the period from when the variable display of the decorative symbols starts to when it ends, the state of the variable display of the decorative symbols may become a predetermined reach state (a reach is achieved). Here, a reach state refers to a state in which the decorative symbols that have not yet been stopped and displayed on the screen of the image display device 5 continue to be variable displayed when the decorative symbols that have not yet been stopped and displayed form part of a jackpot combination, which will be described later.

In addition, when the above-mentioned reach state occurs during the variable display of the decorative symbols, a reach effect is executed. In the pachinko gaming machine 1, multiple types of reach effects are executed, which have different rates of the display result (the display result of the special game or the display result of the variable display of the decorative symbols) becoming a "jackpot" (also called the jackpot reliability or jackpot expectation rate) depending on the performance state. Reach effects include, for example, a normal reach and a super reach, which has a higher jackpot reliability than a normal reach.

When the display result of the special game is a "jackpot", a fixed decorative pattern that is a predetermined jackpot combination is derived as the display result of the variable display of decorative patterns on the screen of the image display device 5 (the display result of the variable display of decorative patterns is a "jackpot"). As an example, the same decorative patterns (for example, "7") are displayed stopped in line on a predetermined effective line in the "left", "center", and "right" decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R.

In the case of a "probability jackpot" that is controlled to a probability jackpot state after the end of the jackpot game state, odd decorative symbols (e.g., "7") may be displayed in a line, and in the case of a "non-probability jackpot (normal jackpot)" that is not controlled to a probability jackpot state after the end of the jackpot game state, even decorative symbols (e.g., "6") may be displayed in a line. In this case, odd decorative symbols are also called probability jackpot symbols, and even decorative symbols are also called non-probability jackpot symbols (normal symbols). After a reach state is reached with non-probability jackpot symbols, a promotion effect may be executed that ultimately results in a "probability jackpot".

When the display result of the special game is a "miss," the state of the variable display of the decorative pattern does not become a reach state, and the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern may display a fixed decorative pattern of a non-reach combination (also called a "non-reach miss") as a "non-reach miss" (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern may be a "non-reach miss"). Also, when the display result is a "miss," after the state of the variable display of the decorative pattern becomes a reach state, the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern may display a fixed decorative pattern of a predetermined reach combination (also called a "reach miss") that is not a jackpot combination as a "reach miss" (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern may be a "reach miss").

The effects that the pachinko gaming machine 1 can execute include displaying the variable display compatible display (reserved display or active display) described above. In addition, as other effects, for example, a preview effect that predicts the jackpot reliability is executed during the variable display of the decorative pattern. Preview effects include a preview effect that predicts the jackpot reliability in the variable display currently being executed, and a pre-reading preview effect that predicts the jackpot reliability in the variable display before execution (variable display whose execution is on hold). As a pre-reading preview effect, an effect that changes the display mode of the variable display compatible display (reserved display or active display) to a mode different from normal may be executed.

In addition, in the image display device 5, a pseudo consecutive performance may be executed in which a single variable display appears to be multiple variable displays by temporarily pausing the decorative pattern during the variable display and then restarting the variable display.

Even during a jackpot game state, a jackpot performance is executed to notify the player of the jackpot game state. The jackpot performance may include a performance to notify the player of the number of rounds, or an upgrade performance to show that the value of the jackpot game state is increasing.

In addition, for example, when a special game or the like is not being executed, a demo (demonstration) image is displayed on the image display device 5 (a customer waiting demo performance is executed).

(Board configuration)
The pachinko game machine 1 is equipped with a main board 11, a performance control board 12, a sound control board 13, a lamp control board 14, a relay board 15, and the like, as shown in Fig. 2. In addition, various boards, such as a payout control board, an information terminal board, and a launch control board, are arranged on the back of the pachinko game machine 1. Furthermore, a power supply board 17 is also equipped. The various control boards are not only electronic circuit boards such as printed wiring boards on which conductor patterns are formed and on which electrical components can be mounted, but also electronic circuit mounting boards configured to realize specific electrical functions by mounting electrical components on the electronic circuit board.

A power switch 91B is connected to the power supply board 17, and by operating the power supply switch 91B (turning it ON), power from an AC power source such as an external power source such as a commercial power supply, such as 100V AC, can be supplied from the power supply board 17 to electrical components including various control boards such as the main board 11 and the performance control board 12. The power supply board 17 is equipped with, for example, a rectifier circuit for converting alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC), and a power supply circuit for converting a specified DC voltage to a specific DC voltage (for example, 12V DC or 5V DC).

The main board 11 is the main control board, and has the function of controlling the progress of the above-mentioned games in the pachinko game machine 1 (execution of special games (including management of reserved games), execution of regular games (including management of reserved games), jackpot game status, game status, etc.). The main board 11 has a game control microcomputer 100, a switch circuit 110, an output circuit 111, etc.

The game control microcomputer 100 mounted on the main board 11 is, for example, a one-chip microcomputer, and includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 101, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 102, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 103, a random number circuit 104, an I/O (Input/Output port) 105, and a real-time clock 106.

The CPU 103 executes the programs stored in the ROM 101 to perform processes that control the progress of the game (processes that realize the functions of the main board 11). At this time, various data stored in the ROM 101 (such as data on fluctuation patterns, performance control commands, and tables referenced when making various decisions) are used, and the RAM 102 is used as the main memory. The RAM 102 serves as a backup RAM in which the stored contents are preserved for a predetermined period of time even if the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is stopped in part or in whole. Note that all or part of the programs stored in the ROM 101 may be deployed to the RAM 102 and executed on the RAM 102.

The random number circuit 104 counts updatable numerical data indicating various random numbers (game random numbers) used to control the progress of the game. The game random numbers may be updated by the CPU 103 executing a specific computer program (updated by software).

The I/O 105 is configured to include, for example, an input port to which various signals (detection signals described below) are input, and an output port for transmitting various signals (signals for controlling (driving) the first special pattern display device 4A, the second special pattern display device 4B, the normal pattern display device 20, the first hold display device 25A, the second hold display device 25B, the normal hold display device 25C, etc., solenoid drive signals).

The switch circuit 110 takes in detection signals (such as a detection signal indicating that a game ball has passed or entered and the switch has been turned on) from various switches for detecting game balls (gate switch 21, start port switch (first start port switch 22A and second start port switch 22B), count switch 23), and transmits them to the game control microcomputer 100. The transmission of the detection signal indicates that the game ball has passed or entered.

The switch circuit 110 receives a reset signal, a power-off signal, and a clear signal from the power supply board 17 and transmits them to the game control microcomputer 100. The reset signal is an operation stop signal for stopping the operation of control circuits such as the game control microcomputer 100, and can be output using either a power supply monitoring circuit, an IC with a built-in watchdog timer, or a system reset IC. The power-off signal is turned off when the specified power supply voltage used in the pachinko game machine 1 exceeds a specified value, and is turned on when the period during which the specified power supply voltage is below the specified value continues for longer than the power-off reference time. The clear signal is turned on in response to, for example, pressing the clear switch 92 provided on the power supply board 17.

The output circuit 111 transmits solenoid drive signals (such as signals to turn on solenoid 81 and solenoid 82) from the game control microcomputer 100 to the solenoid 81 for the normal electric device and the solenoid 82 for the large prize opening door.

The payout control board is connected to a payout device that is driven to pay out a predetermined number of game balls (e.g., 3, 5, 10, 15, etc.) to a player based on receiving a payout signal, and a game ball detection sensor provided in a payout passage (not shown) through which the game balls paid out by the payout device pass, and it is possible to stop driving the payout device depending on the state of the game ball detection signal received from the game ball detection sensor.

The payout control board is also connected to a handle sensor for detecting the amount of operation by the player, and a touch ring (touch sensor) for detecting that the player is holding the ball-hitting operation handles 30L, 30R, and based on the signals input from these sensors, the payout control board controls a launching device capable of launching game balls onto the game board 2. A signal indicating whether the touch ring has detected that the player is holding the ball-hitting operation handles 30L, 30R, and a signal indicating that the game ball has been launched by the launching device are input from the payout control board to the game control microcomputer 100 on the main board 11.

As part of controlling the progress of the game, the main board 11 (game control microcomputer 100) supplies presentation control commands (commands that specify (notify) the progress of the game, etc.) to the presentation control board 12 in accordance with the progress of the game. The presentation control commands output from the main board 11 are relayed by the relay board 15 and supplied to the presentation control board 12. The presentation control commands include, for example, commands that specify various determination results in the main board 11 (for example, the display results of the special game (including the type of jackpot), the variable pattern used when executing the special game (described in detail later)), the game status (for example, the start or end of the variable display, the opening status of the jackpot opening, the occurrence of a win, the number of reserved memories, the game status), the occurrence of an error, etc.

The performance control board 12 is a sub-control board independent of the main board 11, and has the function of receiving performance control commands and executing performances (various performances according to the progress of the game, including various notifications such as driving the movable body 32, notifying errors, and notifying of power outage recovery) based on the received performance control commands.

The performance control board 12 is equipped with a performance control CPU 120, a ROM 121, a RAM 122, a display control unit 123, a random number circuit 124, and an I/O 125.

The performance control CPU 120 executes the programs stored in the ROM 121 to perform processing for executing performances together with the display control unit 123 (processing for realizing the above-mentioned functions of the performance control board 12, including determining the performance to be executed). At this time, various data (data such as various tables) stored in the ROM 121 are used, and the RAM 122 is used as the main memory.

The presentation control CPU 120 may instruct the display control unit 123 to execute a presentation based on detection signals from the operation lever sensor 35A and the push sensor 35B (signals that are output when an operation by the player is detected and that appropriately indicate the content of the operation).

The display control unit 123 includes a VDP (Video Display Processor), CGROM (Character Generator ROM), VRAM (Video RAM), etc., and executes the performance based on instructions to execute the performance from the performance control CPU 120.

The display control unit 123 causes the image display device 5 to display a performance image by supplying a video signal corresponding to the performance to be executed to the image display device 5 based on an instruction to execute the performance from the performance control CPU 120. It also performs display processing to output image data in the display image creation area of the VRAM area specified by the display register as a video signal. In this embodiment, the display image creation area and drawing area are switched for each V blank. Therefore, drawing is performed in the area assigned as the drawing area in one V blank, and then switched to the display image creation area in the next V blank, so that the image data drawn in the previous V blank is displayed and output, while drawing is performed in the other area during that time.

In addition, since the display control unit 123 generates images to be displayed on the image display device 5 by superimposing (compositing) multiple layers, the VRAM area is provided with a layer image drawing area for drawing and arranging the images of each layer, and a display image creation area for generating images to be displayed on the image display device 5 by further superimposing (compositing) the images drawn and arranged in each layer image drawing area. Note that each layer has the concept of upper, middle, and lower, and the higher the layer image, the higher the display priority is set on the image display device 5, and the lower the layer image, the lower the display priority is set on the image display device 5.

The VRAM area contains a layer 1 image drawing area for drawing and arranging images on layer 1, a layer 2 image drawing area for drawing and arranging images on layer 2, and a layer 3 image drawing area for drawing and arranging images on layer 3. The VRAM area also contains a displacement image creation area for creating displacement images, and a display image creation area.

The displacement image creation area is an area where an image drawn and placed in the layer 2 image drawing area and an image drawn and placed in the layer 3 image drawing area are superimposed (composite) to create a displacement target image, and where a displacement image is created by applying a displacement image to the displacement target image.

The display image creation area is an area in which an image obtained by superimposing (compositing) an image drawn and placed in the layer 1 image drawing area, an image drawn and placed in the layer 2 image drawing area, and an image drawn and placed in the layer 3 image drawing area, or an image obtained by superimposing (compositing) an image drawn and placed in the layer 1 image drawing area and a displacement image created in the displacement image creation area, is created as a display image to be displayed on the image display device 5.

The image drawn and placed in the layer 1 image drawing area is set as the image with the highest display priority (display priority: high) on the image display device 5, the image drawn and placed in the layer 2 image drawing area is set as the image with a lower display priority (display priority: medium) than the image drawn and placed in the layer 1 image drawing area on the image display device 5, and the image drawn and placed in the layer 3 image drawing area is set as the image with the lowest display priority (display priority: low) on the image display device 5. In other words, layer 1 is the upper layer with the highest image display priority, layer 2 is a middle layer with a lower image display priority than layer 1, and layer 3 is the lower layer with the lowest image display priority.

The layer 1 image drawing area is a drawing area for drawing these images to display a first interface image at the bottom of the display screen of the image display device 5, which includes a special pattern reserved memory display area 5U that identifiably displays the first special pattern reserved memory count and the second special pattern reserved memory count, and a second interface image at the top left of the display screen of the image display device 5, which includes a small pattern that is smaller on the display screen than the decorative pattern and a reserved memory count display.

The layer 2 image drawing area is a drawing area in the center of the display screen of the image display device 5 where the left, center, and right decorative patterns are drawn to perform variable display of the decorative patterns.

The layer 3 image drawing area is a drawing area in which the background display is drawn to display the background display across the entire display screen of the image display device 5.

In this embodiment, an image to be displayed on the display screen of the image display device 5 can be generated by superimposing the image drawn and arranged in the layer 1 image drawing area (layer 1 image), the image drawn and arranged in the layer 2 image drawing area (layer 2 image), and the image drawn and arranged in the layer 3 image drawing area (layer 3 image). In particular, as described above, the images drawn in the layer 1 image drawing area (first interface image and second interface image) are set to have the highest display priority, and are therefore displayed as the topmost image in the image display device 5, the image drawn in the layer 2 image drawing area (decorative design) is set to have a lower display priority than the image drawn in the layer 1 image drawing area, and is therefore displayed as the middle image in the image display device 5, and the image drawn in the layer 3 image drawing area (background display) is set to have the lowest display priority, and is therefore displayed as the lower image in the image display device 5.

In this embodiment, the transmittance (transparency) of the images drawn and placed in each image drawing area is set to 0% so that when superimposed, the upper image makes the overlapping area of the lower image invisible to the player; however, the present invention is not limited to this, and depending on the situation, the transmittance (transparency) of the images drawn and placed in each image drawing area may be set to a value higher than 0%, and images may be displayed transparently on the display screen of the image display device 5 or temporarily hidden.

The display control unit 123 further supplies a sound designation signal (a signal designating the sound to be output) to the sound control board 13 and a lamp signal (a signal designating the on/off state of the lamp) to the lamp control board 14 in order to output sound synchronized with the display of the performance image and to turn on/off the game effect lamp 9. The display control unit 123 also supplies a signal for operating the movable body 32 to the movable body 32 or to a drive circuit that drives the movable body 32.

The audio control board 13 is equipped with various circuits that drive the speakers 8L, 8R, and 8U, and drives the speakers 8L, 8R, and 8U based on the sound designation signal, causing the speakers 8L, 8R, and 8U to output the sound designated by the sound designation signal.

The lamp control board 14 is equipped with various circuits that drive the game effect lamp 9 and the performance LED 402, drives the game effect lamp 9 based on the lamp signal, and turns the game effect lamp 9 on and off in the manner specified by the lamp signal. In this way, the display control unit 123 controls the sound output and the on/off of the lamp.

In addition, the control of sound output, turning on/off of the lamp (such as supplying a sound designation signal or a lamp signal), and control of the movable body 32 (such as supplying a signal to operate the movable body 32) may be performed by the performance control CPU 120.

The random number circuit 124 counts updatable numerical data indicating various random number values (random numbers for performance) used to execute various performances. The random numbers for performance may be updated by the performance control CPU 120 executing a specific computer program (updated by software).

The I/O 125 mounted on the performance control board 12 includes an input port for taking in performance control commands transmitted from, for example, the main board 11, and an output port for transmitting various signals (video signals, sound designation signals, lamp signals).

The boards other than the main board 11, such as the performance control board 12, the sound control board 13, and the lamp control board 14, are also called sub-boards. As with the pachinko game machine 1, multiple sub-boards may be provided for different functions, or one sub-board may be configured to have multiple functions.

Figure 3 (A) is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the contents of a performance control command used in this embodiment. The performance control command is, for example, two bytes in length, with the first byte indicating MODE (command classification) and the second byte indicating EXT (type of command). The first bit of the MODE data (bit 7) is always set to "0", and the first bit of the EXT data is set to "0". Note that the command format shown in Figure 3 (A) is only an example, and other command formats may be used. Also, in this example, the control command is composed of two control signals, but the number of control signals constituting the control command may be one, or may be three or more.

In the example shown in FIG. 3(A), command 8001H is a first variable display start command that specifies the start of variable display in a special symbol game using the first special symbol in the first special symbol display device 4A. Command 8002H is a second variable display start command that specifies the start of variable display in a special symbol game using the second special symbol in the second special symbol display device 4B. Command 81XXH is a variable pattern designation command that specifies the variable pattern (variable time (variable display time)) of the decorative symbols (also called performance symbols) that are variably displayed in the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R in the image display device 5 in response to the variable display of the special symbol in the special symbol game. Here, XXH indicates an unspecified hexadecimal number, and may be any value that is set according to the instructions by the performance control command. In addition, in the variable pattern designation command, different EXT data is set according to the specified variable pattern, etc.

Command 8CXXH is a variable display result specification command, which is a presentation control command that specifies a variable display result such as a special pattern or a decorative pattern. In the variable display result specification command, as shown in FIG. 3(B), for example, different EXT data is set depending on the determination result (predetermined result) of whether the variable display result (also called the variable display result) is a "miss" or a "jackpot", and the determination result (jackpot type determination result) of which of several types of jackpot type should be used if the variable display result is a "jackpot".

For example, as shown in FIG. 3B, in the variable display result designation command, command 8C00H is a first variable display result designation command indicating a pre-determined result that the variable display result will be "miss". Command 8C01H is a second variable display result designation command notifying the pre-determined result and the jackpot type determination result that the variable display result will be "jackpot" and the jackpot type will be "variable jackpot A". Command 8C02H is a third variable display result designation command notifying the pre-determined result and the jackpot type determination result that the variable display result will be "jackpot" and the jackpot type will be "variable jackpot B". Command 8C03H is a fourth variable display result designation command notifying the pre-determined result and the jackpot type determination result that the variable display result will be "jackpot" and the jackpot type will be "variable jackpot C". Command 8C04H is a fifth variable display result specification command that notifies the pre-determined result that the variable display result is "jackpot" and the jackpot type is "non-variable jackpot" and the jackpot type determined result.

Command 8F00H is a pattern determination command that specifies the stopping (determination) of the change in the decorative patterns in each of the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R on the image display device 5. Command 9000H is a power-on designation command that specifies that the pachinko gaming machine 1 has been cold started (the power has been turned on with the clear switch 92 pressed (power-on with initialization)). Note that a cold start refers to a state in which the data is initialized when the power is turned on, without restoring the data before the power is turned on, and the gaming machine is in a state in which various processes can be executed. Command 9200H is a power outage recovery designation command that specifies that the pachinko gaming machine has been hot started (the power has been turned on with the clear switch 92 not pressed (power-on without initialization)). Note that a hot start refers to a state in which the gaming machine is in a state in which various processes can be executed based on the backed-up data when the power is turned on. A hot start is also called a power-on without initialization, since no initialization is involved. The command 95XXH is a game state designation command that designates the current game state in the pachinko game machine 1. In the game state designation command, different EXT data are set according to the current game state in the pachinko game machine 1, for example. As a specific example, the command 9500H is a first game state designation command corresponding to a game state in which neither time-saving control nor probability-changing control is performed (low probability low base state, normal state), and the command 9501H is a second game state designation command corresponding to a game state in which time-saving control is performed but probability-changing control is not performed (low probability high base state, time-saving state). In addition, the command 9502H is a third game state designation command corresponding to a game state in which both time-saving control and probability-changing control are performed (high probability high base state, time-saving with probability-changing state). The time-saving with probability-changing state may simply be called the "probability-changing state". The command 96XXH is an error designation command that designates that an error has occurred in the pachinko game machine 1 and that the error has been released.

Command A0XXH is a start of jackpot command (also called a "fanfare command") that specifies the display of a presentation image indicating the start of a jackpot game. Command A1XXH is a large prize opening open notification command that notifies the player that the large prize opening is in an open state during a jackpot game state. Command A2XXH is a large prize opening post-open notification command that notifies the player that the large prize opening has changed from an open state to a closed state during a jackpot game state. Command A3XXH is a end of jackpot command that specifies the display of a presentation image at the end of a jackpot game.

In the hit start specification command and hit end specification command, for example, EXT data similar to that of the variable display result specification command may be set, so that different EXT data is set according to the pre-determined result and the result of the big win type determination. Alternatively, in the hit start specification command and hit end specification command, the correspondence between the pre-determined result and the big win type determination result and the EXT data set may be made different from the correspondence in the variable display result specification command. In the big win opening notification command and the big win opening after notification command, for example, different EXT data is set according to the number of rounds executed in the big win state (for example, "0" to "10") described later.

Command B100H is a first start port entry designation command that notifies the first start condition for executing a special symbol game using a first special symbol in the first special symbol display device 4A has been established based on the occurrence of a start winning (first start winning) caused by a game ball passing through (entering) the first start winning port formed by the winning ball device 6A being detected by the first start port switch 22A. Command B200H is a second start port entry designation command that notifies the second start condition for executing a special symbol game using a second special symbol in the second special symbol display device 4B has been established based on the occurrence of a start winning (second start winning) caused by a game ball passing through (entering) the second start winning port formed by the variable winning ball device 6B being detected by the second start port switch 22B.

Command C1XXH is a first reserved memory number notification command that notifies the first reserved memory number so that the reserved memory number of special charts can be specified. Command C2XXH is a second reserved memory number notification command that notifies the second reserved memory number so that the reserved memory number of special charts can be specified. The first reserved memory number notification command is transmitted from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12 when the first start port entry designation command is transmitted, for example, based on the first start condition being satisfied when the game ball passes (enters) the first start port. The second reserved memory number notification command is transmitted from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12 when the second start port entry designation command is transmitted, for example, based on the second start condition being satisfied when the game ball passes (enters) the second start port. In addition, the first pending memory number notification command and the second pending memory number notification command may be sent in response to the start of execution of the special game when either the first start condition or the second start condition is met (when the pending memory number is reduced).

Commands C4XXH and C6XXH are presentation control commands (prize winning judgment result designation commands) that indicate the content of the winning judgment result. Of these, command C4XXH is a pattern designation command that indicates the result of the winning judgment as to whether the variable display result will be a "jackpot" or not and the type of jackpot (probable win or non-probable win). Command C6XXH is a variation category command that indicates the result of the winning judgment as to whether the random number value for determining the variation pattern will be a "non-reach", "super reach", or "other". Command E100H is a customer waiting demo designation command that specifies the execution of a customer waiting demo (demo presentation).

Instead of the first pending memory number notification command and the second pending memory number notification command, a total pending memory number notification command that notifies the total pending memory number may be sent. In other words, the total pending memory number notification command may be used to notify an increase (or decrease) in the total pending memory number.

The commands shown in FIG. 3(A) are merely examples, and some of these commands may not be included, or different commands may be used instead of these commands, or different commands may be added to these commands. For example, a prize ball number notification command may be provided to enable the number of prize balls to be paid out based on the game ball's entry into each winning port to be specified, a gate passage notification command to notify that the game ball has passed through the passage gate 41, and a notification command to notify the remaining number of variable display times for which the special bonus control or time-saving control will be executed.

Figure 4 is an explanatory diagram illustrating an example of random numbers counted on the main board 11 side. As shown in Figure 4, on the main board 11 side, numerical data indicating each of the random number value MR1 for determining the special chart display result, the random number value MR2 for determining the type of jackpot, the random number value MR3 for determining the variation pattern, and the random number value MR4 for determining the normal chart display result are controlled so as to be countable. Note that random number values other than these may be used to enhance the gaming effect. Such random numbers used to control the progress of the game are also called gaming random numbers.

The random number circuit 104 may count the numerical data indicating some or all of these random number values MR1 to MR4. The CPU 103 may count the numerical data indicating some of the random number values MR1 to MR4 by updating various numerical data by software using a random counter different from the random number circuit 104, such as a random counter provided in a game control counter setting unit (not shown).

The random number value MR1 for determining the special symbol display result is a random number value used to determine whether or not to control the game state to a jackpot by treating the variable display result of a special symbol or the like in a special symbol game as a "jackpot", and takes a value in the range of "1" to "65536", for example. The random number value MR2 for determining the jackpot type is a random number value used to determine the jackpot type as either "Probable jackpot A", "Probable jackpot B", "Probable jackpot C", or "Non-probable jackpot" when the variable display result is a "jackpot", and takes a value in the range of "1" to "100", for example.

The random number value MR3 for determining the variation pattern is a random number value used to determine the variation pattern in the variable display of special patterns and decorative patterns to one of several types prepared in advance, and can take a value in the range of "1" to "997", for example.

The random number value MR4 for determining the normal symbol display result is a random number value used to determine whether the variable display result in the normal symbol game by the normal symbol display device 20 is a "normal symbol hit" or a "normal symbol miss", and takes a value in the range of "3" to "13", for example.

Figure 5 shows an example of the configuration of a display result determination table stored in ROM 101. In this embodiment, a common display result determination table is used for the first special chart and the second special chart, but the present invention is not limited to this, and separate display result determination tables may be used for the first special chart and the second special chart.

The display result determination table is a table that is referenced to determine whether or not to control the variable display result to a jackpot game state as a "jackpot" before a determined special pattern that is a variable display result is derived and displayed in a special pattern game using a first special pattern by the first special pattern display device 4A or a special pattern game using a second special pattern by the second special pattern display device 4B, based on a random number value MR1 for determining the special pattern display result.

In the display result determination table, a numerical value (determination value) that is compared with the random number value MR1 for determining the special chart display result is assigned to the special chart display result of "jackpot" or "miss" depending on whether the game state of the pachinko game machine 1 is a normal state or a time-saving state (low probability state) or a probability change state (high probability state).

In the display result judgment table, the table data indicating the judgment value to be compared with the random number value MR1 for judging the special chart display result is judgment data assigned to the decision result of whether or not to control the special chart display result to a jackpot game state as a "jackpot". In the display result judgment table, when the game state is a probability variable state (high probability state), more judgment values are assigned to the special chart display result of a "jackpot" than when the game state is a normal state or a time-saving state (low probability state). As a result, in the probability variable state (high probability state) in which the probability variable control is performed in the pachinko game machine 1, the probability of determining that the special chart display result is a "jackpot" and controlled to a jackpot game state is higher (about 1/30 in this embodiment) than the probability of determining that the special chart display result is a "jackpot" and controlled to a jackpot game state when the game state is a normal state or a time-saving state (low probability state) (about 1/300 in this embodiment). That is, in the display result judgment table, when the gaming state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is in a probability variable state (high probability state), the judgment data is assigned to the decision result of whether or not to control to a jackpot gaming state so that the probability of deciding to control to a jackpot gaming state is higher than when the gaming state is in a normal state or a time-saving state.

Figure 6 (A) shows an example of the configuration of the jackpot type determination table stored in ROM 101. The jackpot type determination table in this embodiment is a table that is referenced to determine the jackpot type as one of multiple types based on the random number value MR2 for jackpot type determination when it is determined that the special symbol display result is a "jackpot" and the jackpot game state is controlled. In the jackpot type determination table, a number (determination value) that is compared with the random number value MR2 for jackpot type determination is assigned to multiple types of jackpot types such as "non-variable jackpot", "variable jackpot A", "variable jackpot B", and "variable jackpot C" depending on whether the special symbol that is variably displayed (variably displayed) in the special symbol game is the first special symbol (special symbol game by the first special symbol display device 4A) or the second special symbol (special symbol game by the second special symbol display device 4B).

Now, the types of jackpots in this embodiment will be explained with reference to FIG. 6(B). In this embodiment, the jackpot types are set to "Probable variable jackpot A", "Probable variable jackpot B", and "Probable variable jackpot C", in which after the jackpot gaming state ends, probable variable control and time-saving control are executed to transition to a high-probability, high-base state, and "non-probable variable jackpot", in which after the jackpot gaming state ends, only time-saving control is executed to transition to a low-probability, high-base state.

The jackpot game state by "probable jackpot A" is a normal opening jackpot in which the rounds that change the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state that is advantageous to the player are repeated 10 times (so-called 10 rounds). On the other hand, the jackpot game state by "probable jackpot B" is a normal opening jackpot in which the rounds that change the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state that is advantageous to the player are repeated 5 times (so-called 5 rounds). The jackpot game state by "probable jackpot C" is a normal opening jackpot in which the rounds that change the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state that is advantageous to the player are repeated 2 times (so-called 2 rounds). Also, the jackpot game state by "non-probable jackpot" is a normal opening jackpot in which the rounds that change the special variable winning ball device 7 to the first state that is advantageous to the player are repeated 5 times (so-called 5 rounds). Therefore, "Chance Special Jackpot A" may be referred to as a 10-round (10R) chance special jackpot, "Chance Special Jackpot B" may be referred to as a 5-round (5R) chance special jackpot, and "Chance Special Jackpot C" may be referred to as a 2-round (2R) chance special jackpot.

The variable probability control and time-saving control that are started after the end of the jackpot game state of the variable probability jackpot A to the variable probability jackpot C are ended on the condition that the state is controlled to the jackpot game state. In addition, the time-saving control that is started after the end of the non-variable probability jackpot game state is ended on the condition that 100 variable displays are ended, or that the state is controlled to the jackpot game state before the 100 variable displays are ended. Therefore, if the jackpot that occurs again is any of the variable probability jackpot A to the variable probability jackpot C, the variable probability control and time-saving control are executed again after the jackpot game state ends, so that the jackpot game state occurs continuously without going through the normal state, which is called a consecutive state. In other words, the variable probability state in this embodiment is a game state that continues until the variable display result becomes a jackpot regardless of the number of variable displays, while the time-saving state in this embodiment is a game state that is controlled to the normal state by executing 100 variable displays unless the variable display result becomes a jackpot. For this reason, the time-saving state is also the game state that is controlled when a winning streak may end.

In the example of the jackpot type determination table shown in FIG. 6(A), the allocation of determination values to the jackpot types "Probable variable jackpot A", "Probable variable jackpot B", "Probable variable jackpot C", and "Non-probable variable jackpot" differs depending on whether the variably displayed special chart is the first special chart or the second special chart. In other words, when the variably displayed special chart is the first special chart, a predetermined range of determination values (values in the range of "80" to "99") are assigned to the jackpot types "Probable variable jackpot B" and "Probable variable jackpot C" with fewer rounds, while when the variably displayed special chart is the second special chart, no determination value is assigned to the jackpot types "Probable variable jackpot B" and "Probable variable jackpot C". With this setting, the ratio of determining the jackpot type to "probable jackpot B" or "probable jackpot C" with fewer rounds can be made different between the case where the jackpot type is determined to be one of a plurality of types based on the establishment of the first start condition for starting a special game using the first special symbol by the first special symbol display device 4A and the case where the jackpot type is determined to be one of a plurality of types based on the establishment of the second start condition for starting a special game using the second special symbol by the second special symbol display device 4B. In particular, in a special game using the second special symbol, the jackpot type is not determined to be "probable jackpot B" or "probable jackpot C" to control to a jackpot state with fewer rounds, so that, for example, in a game state where game balls are likely to enter the second start winning hole formed by the variable winning ball device 6B due to the high opening control accompanying the time reduction control, frequent occurrence of a jackpot state with fewer winning balls can be avoided, and a decrease in interest in the game can be prevented.

In the example of the jackpot type determination table shown in FIG. 6(A), the allocation of the determination value for the "non-probability variable" jackpot type is the same regardless of whether it is the first special chart game or the second special chart game, so the probability of a non-probability variable jackpot and the probability of a probability variable jackpot are the same regardless of whether it is the first special chart game or the second special chart game.

As described above, the allocation of judgment values for "Probable Variable Jackpot B" and "Probable Variable Jackpot C" differs depending on whether it is the first special chart game or the second special chart, and accordingly, the allocation of judgment values for "Probable Variable Jackpot A" also differs depending on whether it is the first special chart game or the second special chart, and for "Probable Variable Jackpot A", which has a larger number of rounds, it is set up so that it is easier to determine in the second special chart game than in the first special chart game.

In addition, in the case of the special chart game of the second special chart, a predetermined range of judgment values different from that in the case of the special chart game of the first special chart may be assigned to the jackpot type of "Probable jackpot B" or "Probable jackpot C". For example, in the case of the special chart game of the second special chart, a smaller judgment value than that in the case of the special chart game of the first special chart may be assigned to the jackpot type of "Probable jackpot B" or "Probable jackpot C" compared to the case of the special chart game of the first special chart. Alternatively, regardless of whether it is the special chart game of the first special chart or the second special chart, the jackpot type may be determined by referring to common table data.

Figure 7 shows the variation pattern in this embodiment. In this embodiment, a plurality of variation patterns are prepared in advance for the cases where the variable display result is a "miss" and the variable display mode of the decorative pattern is a "non-reach" and a "reach", respectively, and for the case where the variable display result is a "jackpot". The variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is a "miss" and the variable display mode of the decorative pattern is a "non-reach" is called a non-reach variation pattern (also called a "non-reach miss variation pattern"), and the variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is a "miss" and the variable display mode of the decorative pattern is a "reach" is called a reach variation pattern (also called a "reach miss variation pattern"). The non-reach variation pattern and the reach variation pattern are included in the miss variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is a "miss". The variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is a "jackpot" is called a jackpot variation pattern.

The jackpot fluctuation pattern and reach fluctuation pattern include a normal reach fluctuation pattern in which a normal reach reach performance is executed, and a super reach fluctuation pattern in which a super reach reach performance is executed. Note that in this embodiment, one type of normal reach fluctuation pattern is provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and two or more types of normal reach fluctuation patterns may be provided.

As shown in FIG. 7, the special chart change time of the normal reach change pattern in which the reach performance of the normal reach in this embodiment is executed is set shorter than that of the super reach change pattern.

In this embodiment, the variable display result is set to have a higher chance of becoming a "jackpot" in the order of super reach, normal reach, and non-reach, so in the normal reach variation pattern and super reach variation pattern, the longer the special chart variation time, the higher the chance of a jackpot.

In addition, in this embodiment, as described below, these fluctuation patterns are determined using only the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in addition to the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern, a random number value for determining the type of fluctuation pattern may be provided, and the type of fluctuation pattern may first be determined from these random number values for determining the type of fluctuation pattern, and then the fluctuation pattern belonging to the determined type may be determined.

Figure 8 is an explanatory diagram of the method for determining the variation pattern in this embodiment. In this embodiment, the variation pattern determination table to be selected varies depending on the display result of the variable display to be executed, the number of reserved memories, the game status, etc.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8(A) to FIG. 8(D), when the game state is normal (low base state) and the variable display result is a miss, if the reserved memory number (same type reserved memory number) of the special symbol that executes the variable display is one or less, the variation pattern is determined based on the miss variation pattern determination table A and the value of the random number value MR3, if the reserved memory number of the special symbol that executes the variable display is two, the variation pattern is determined based on the miss variation pattern determination table B and the value of the random number value MR3, and if the reserved memory number of the special symbol that executes the variable display is three, the variation pattern is determined based on the miss variation pattern determination table C and the value of the random number value MR3. Also, when the game state is time-saving state or high probability state (high base state) and the variable display result is a miss, the variation pattern is determined based on the miss variation pattern determination table D and the value of the random number value MR3.

Then, as shown in FIG. 8(E), when the variable display result is a jackpot, the variable pattern is determined based on the jackpot variable pattern determination table and the value of the random number MR3, regardless of the game state or the number of reserved memories (number of reserved memories of the same type).

For example, as shown in FIG. 8(A), when miss fluctuation pattern determination table A is selected, if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 1 to 660, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be a non-reach miss fluctuation pattern without shortening (PA1-1), if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 661 to 900, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be a normal reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 901 to 997, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be a super reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA2-2).

Also, as shown in FIG. 8(B), when miss fluctuation pattern determination table B is selected, if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 1 to 700, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the shortened non-reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA1-2), if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 701 to 900, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the normal reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 901 to 997, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the super reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA2-2).

Also, as shown in FIG. 8(C), when miss fluctuation pattern determination table C is selected, if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 1 to 750, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the shortened non-reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA1-3), if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 751 to 900, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the normal reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 901 to 997, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the super reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA2-2).

Also, as shown in FIG. 8 (D), when miss fluctuation pattern determination table D is selected, if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 1 to 750, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the shortened non-reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA1-3), if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 751 to 900, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the normal reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and if the value of random number value MR3 is within the range of 901 to 997, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the super reach miss fluctuation pattern (PA2-2).

As shown in Figures 8(C) and 8(D), an example is shown in which the shortened non-reach miss variation pattern (PA1-3) is determined at the same rate when the variable display result is a miss when the number of reserved memories of the same type is three in a low base state and when the variable display result is a miss in a high base state. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when the variable display result is a miss in a high base state, the shortened non-reach miss variation pattern (PA1-3) may be determined at a higher rate than when the variable display result is a miss when the number of reserved memories of the same type is three in a low base state.

Also, as shown in FIG. 8 (E), when the jackpot fluctuation pattern determination table is selected, if the value of the random number value MR3 is within the range of 1 to 30, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the normal reach jackpot fluctuation pattern (PB1-1), and if the value of the random number value MR3 is within the range of 31 to 997, the fluctuation pattern is determined to be the super reach jackpot fluctuation pattern (PB1-2).

In this embodiment, when the variable display result is a jackpot, the variable pattern is determined at a rate of 1 regardless of the type of jackpot, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the determination rate of multiple variable patterns for jackpots may be different depending on the type of jackpot. In this way, the player can pay attention to which variable display of the variable pattern resulted in a jackpot, which can increase the interest in the game.

The RAM 102 provided in the game control microcomputer 100 shown in FIG. 2 may be a backup RAM, part or all of which is backed up by a backup power source created in a specified power supply board. In other words, even if the power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is stopped, part or all of the contents of the RAM 102 are saved for a specified period (until the capacitor serving as the backup power source discharges and the backup power source is unable to supply power). In particular, at least the data corresponding to the game state, i.e., the control state of the game control means (such as a special chart process flag) and the data indicating the number of unpaid winning balls may be saved in the backup RAM. The data corresponding to the control state of the game control means is data necessary to restore the control state to before the occurrence of a power outage, etc., based on the data, when the power is restored after a power outage, etc. occurs. In addition, the data corresponding to the control state and the data indicating the number of unpaid winning balls are defined as data indicating the progress of the game.

In this RAM 102, for example, a game control data holding area 005SG150 as shown in FIG. 9 is provided as an area for holding various data used to control the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1. The game control data holding area 005SG150 shown in FIG. 9 includes a first special chart reserve memory section 005SG151A, a second special chart reserve memory section 005SG151B, a normal chart reserve memory section 005SG151C, a game control flag setting section 005SG152, a game control timer setting section 005SG153, a game control counter setting section 005SG154, and a game control buffer setting section 005SG155.

The first special symbol reserve memory unit 005SG151A stores the reserved data of a special symbol game (a special symbol game using the first special symbol in the first special symbol display device 4A) that has not yet started but in which a start winning (first start winning) has occurred when a game ball has passed (entered) the first start winning port formed by the winning ball device 6A.

The second special symbol reserve memory unit 005SG151B stores the reserved data of special symbol games (special symbol games using the second special symbol in the second special symbol display device 4B) in order of winning, in which a start winning (second start winning) has occurred when a game ball has passed (entered) the second start winning port formed by the variable winning ball device 6B, but which have not yet started.

As an example, the first special chart reserve memory unit 005SG151A associates the reserved number with the order of winning (the order of detection of the game balls) at the first start winning port, and stores numerical data indicating the random number value MR1 for determining the variable display result, the random number value MR2 for determining the type of win, and the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern, which are extracted by the CPU 103 from the random number circuit 104 etc. based on the establishment of the first start condition when the game ball passes (enters) as reserved data until the number of stored data reaches a predetermined upper limit value (for example, "4"). In addition, the second special chart reserve memory unit 005SG151B associates the reserved number with the order of winning (the order of detection of the game ball) at the second start winning port, and stores numerical data indicating the random number value MR1 for determining the variable display result, the random number value MR2 for determining the type of winning, and the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern, which are extracted by the CPU 103 from the random number circuit 104 etc. based on the establishment of the first start condition when the game ball passes (enters) as reserved data until the number of stored data reaches a predetermined upper limit (for example, "4").

The reserved data stored in the first special chart reserved memory unit 005SG151A and the second special chart reserved memory unit 005SG151B in this way indicates that the execution of a special chart game using the first special chart or a special chart game using the second special chart is reserved, and serves as reserved information that makes it possible to determine whether or not a jackpot will be reached based on the variable display results (special chart display results) in these special chart games.

In this embodiment, when the reserved information (first reserved information) based on the establishment of the first start condition by the game ball passing (entering) the first start winning port and the reserved information (second reserved information) based on the establishment of the second start winning condition by the game ball passing (entering) the second start winning port are stored in separate reserved memory units in association with the reserved numbers, the variable display based on the second reserved memory information is executed in priority over the variable display based on the first reserved information.

The regular symbol reserve memory unit 005SG151C stores reserve information for regular symbol games that have not yet been started by the regular symbol display device 20, even though a game ball has been detected by the gate switch 21. For example, the regular symbol reserve memory unit 005SG151C associates the game balls with reserve numbers in the order in which they are detected by the gate switch 21, and stores numerical data indicating the random number value MR4 for determining the regular symbol display result extracted by the CPU 103 from the random number circuit 104, etc. based on the passage of the game ball as reserved data, until the number reaches a predetermined upper limit (for example, "4").

The game control flag setting unit 005SG152 is provided with multiple types of flags whose states can be updated depending on the progress of the game on the pachinko game machine 1. For example, the game control flag setting unit 005SG152 stores data indicating the flag value and data indicating the on or off state for each of the multiple types of flags.

The game control timer setting unit 005SG153 is provided with various timers used to control the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1. For example, the game control timer setting unit 005SG153 stores data indicating the timer values of multiple types of timers.

The game control counter setting unit 005SG154 is provided with multiple types of counters for counting count values used to control the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1. For example, the game control counter setting unit 005SG154 stores data indicating the count values of each of the multiple types of counters. Here, the game control counter setting unit 005SG154 may be provided with a random counter for counting some or all of the game random numbers in a manner that allows the CPU 103 to update them by software.

In the random counter of the game control counter setting unit 005SG154, random numbers not generated by the random number circuit 104, for example, numerical data indicating random numbers MR1 to MR4, are stored as random count values, and the numerical data indicating each random number is updated periodically or irregularly according to the execution of software by the CPU 103. The software executed by the CPU 103 to update the random count value may be for updating the random count value separately from the updating operation of the numerical data in the random number circuit 104, or may be for updating the random count value by performing a predetermined process such as scrambling or arithmetic processing on all or part of the numerical data extracted from the random number circuit 104.

The game control buffer setting unit 005SG155 is provided with various buffers that temporarily store data used to control the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1. For example, the game control buffer setting unit 005SG155 stores data indicating the buffer values in each of multiple types of buffers.

The ROM 121 mounted on the performance control board 12 shown in FIG. 2 stores not only a performance control program, but also various data tables used to control performance operations. For example, the ROM 121 stores table data constituting multiple judgment tables prepared for the performance control CPU 120 to make various judgments, decisions, and settings, pattern data constituting various performance control patterns, and the like.

As an example, the ROM 121 stores a presentation control pattern table that stores multiple types of presentation control patterns that the presentation control CPU 120 uses to control presentation operations by various presentation devices (e.g., the image display device 5, speakers 8L, 8R, 8U, game effect lamp 9 and decorative LEDs, presentation model, etc.). The presentation control patterns correspond to various presentation operations executed according to the progress of the game in the pachinko game machine 1 and are composed of data indicating the control content. The presentation control pattern table may store, for example, a presentation control pattern for when a special chart is displayed variably, a preview presentation control pattern, various presentation control patterns, etc.

The RAM 122 mounted on the performance control board 12 shown in Figure 2 is provided with a performance control data holding area 005SG190 as shown in Figure 10 (A), for example, as an area for holding various data used to control performance operations. The performance control data holding area 005SG190 shown in Figure 10 (A) includes a performance control flag setting unit 005SG191, a performance control timer setting unit 005SG192, a performance control counter setting unit 005SG193, and a performance control buffer setting unit 005SG194.

The performance control flag setting unit 005SG191 is provided with multiple types of flags whose states can be updated according to the performance operation state, such as the display state of the performance image on the screen of the image display device 5, and the performance control commands sent from the main board 11. For example, the performance control flag setting unit 005SG191 stores data indicating the flag value and data indicating the on or off state for each of the multiple types of flags.

The performance control timer setting unit 005SG192 is provided with multiple types of timers that are used to control the progress of various performance operations, such as the display operation of a performance image on the screen of the image display device 5. For example, the performance control timer setting unit 005SG192 stores data indicating the timer values of each of the multiple types of timers.

The performance control counter setting unit 005SG193 is provided with multiple types of counters used to control the progress of various performance operations. For example, the performance control counter setting unit 005SG193 stores data indicating the count values of each of the multiple types of counters.

The performance control buffer setting unit 005SG194 is provided with various buffers that temporarily store data used to control the progress of various performance operations. For example, the performance control buffer setting unit 005SG194 stores data indicating the buffer values for each of multiple types of buffers.

In this embodiment, data constituting the start winning time receiving command buffer 005SG194A as shown in FIG. 10 (B) is stored in a predetermined area of the performance control buffer setting unit 005SG194. The start winning time receiving command buffer 005SG194A has a storage area (area corresponding to buffer numbers "1-1" to "1-4") corresponding to the maximum value of the total reserved memory number of the first special chart reserved memory (for example, "4") and a storage area (area corresponding to buffer number "1-0") corresponding to the first special chart being variably displayed. In addition, the start winning time receiving command buffer 005SG194A has a storage area (area corresponding to buffer numbers "2-1" to "2-4") corresponding to the maximum value of the total reserved memory number of the second special chart reserved memory (for example, "4") and a storage area (area corresponding to buffer number "2-0") corresponding to the second special chart being variably displayed. When a start win occurs at the first start win port or the second start win port, two commands, a start win designation command (first start win designation command or second start win designation command) and a reserved memory number notification command (first reserved memory number notification command or second reserved memory number notification command), are sent as a set from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12. The storage area corresponding to the first special chart reserved memory and the storage area corresponding to the second special chart reserved memory in the start win reception command buffer 005SG194A are provided with storage areas (entries) for storing these start win designation commands and reserved memory number notification commands separately as the first special chart reserved memory and the second special chart reserved memory.

The contents of these storage areas (entries) are shifted up one at a time when the start condition is met and the variable display of the top reserved memory (buffer number "1-1" or buffer number "2-1") begins, as described below, and the contents of buffer number "1-0" or buffer number "2-0", which stores the contents of the reserved memory for which the start condition is met, are cleared in the special chart hit waiting process that is executed when the variable display ends.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the start winning time reception command buffer 005SG194A has a memory area reserved for each storage area (entry) so that a pre-reading target flag indicating whether or not the target is a pre-reading light-emitting effect described below can be stored in association with each buffer number corresponding to the first special chart reserved memory.

When a first winning entry is made to the first winning entry, the CPU 120 for controlling the performance stores the command from the top (the entry with the lowest buffer number) of the free entry corresponding to the first special symbol reserved memory in the command buffer 005SG194A for receiving the command at the time of winning, and when a second winning entry is made to the second winning entry, the CPU 120 stores the command from the top (the entry with the lowest buffer number) of the free entry corresponding to the second special symbol reserved memory in the command buffer 005SG194A for receiving the command at the time of winning. When a winning entry is made to the first winning entry, the command to specify the winning entry at the start port, the command to notify the number of reserved memories, the command to specify the pattern, and the variable category command are sent in sequence. Therefore, when a command is received, the command to specify the winning entry at the start port, the command to notify the number of reserved memories, the command to specify the pattern, and the variable category command are stored in the storage area corresponding to the last "0" to "4" of the buffer number corresponding to the first or second special symbol reserved memory, in that order.

Whenever the variable display of the decorative pattern is started, the commands stored in the start winning time reception command buffer 005SG194A shown in FIG. 10(B) are deleted from the entry corresponding to the reserved memory of the variable display that was just ended (the entry with buffer number "1-0" or "2-0"), and the contents stored in the entry corresponding to the reserved memory of the variable display that is about to start (the entry corresponding to buffer number "1-1" or "2-1") and the contents stored in the entries after the reserved memory of the variable display that is about to start are shifted. For example, when the variable display of the decorative pattern of the first special pattern reserved memory is ended in the storage state shown in FIG. 10(B), each command stored in buffer number "0" is deleted, each command stored in buffer number "0" is shifted to buffer number "0", each command stored in the area corresponding to buffer number "2" is shifted to the area corresponding to buffer number "0", and each command stored in the area corresponding to buffer number "3" and "4" is shifted to the area corresponding to buffer number "2" and "3". Therefore, buffer number "0" becomes the area (entry) for storing each command related to the pending memory that is variably displayed at that time.

(Operation)
Next, the operation (function) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 will be described.

(Main Operations of Main Board 11)
First, a description will be given of the main operations of the main board 11. When power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is started, the game control microcomputer 100 is started, and a game control main process is executed by the CPU 103. Fig. 11 is a flowchart showing the game control main process executed by the CPU 103 on the main board 11.

In the game control main process shown in FIG. 11, the CPU 103 first sets interrupts to be prohibited (step S1). Then, it performs the necessary initial settings (step S2). The initial settings include setting the stack pointer, register settings for built-in devices (CTC (counter/timer circuit), parallel input/output port, etc.), and setting the RAM 102 to be accessible.

Next, it is determined whether the recovery condition is met (step S3). The recovery condition can be met when the clear signal is off, backup data is present, and the backup RAM is normal. When power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is started, if a clear switch provided on the power supply board 17 is pressed, for example, an on-state clear signal is input to the game control microcomputer 100. If such an on-state clear signal is input, it is determined in step S3 that the recovery condition is not met. The backup data only needs to be capable of being stored in the RAM 102, which serves as the backup RAM for game control. In step S3, it is determined whether the recovery condition can be met by checking or inspecting the presence or absence of backup data and the presence or absence of data errors.

If the recovery condition is met (step S3; Yes), recovery processing (step S4) is executed, followed by random number circuit setting processing (step S8). The recovery processing in step S4 sets a working area based on the contents stored in RAM 102. By setting the working area using the backup data stored in RAM 102, the game state when the power supply was stopped is restored, and if, for example, a special symbol was fluctuating, it is sufficient if the fluctuating special symbol can be resumed from the state before the stoppage.

If the recovery condition is not satisfied (step S3; No), the initialization process (step S6) is executed, and then the random number circuit setting process (step S8) is executed. The initialization process of step S6 includes a clearing process that clears flags, counters, and buffers stored in RAM 102, and the execution of the clearing process sets initial values in the working area.

After executing the random number circuit setting process (step S8), the CPU 103 sets the register of the CTC built into the game control microcomputer 100 so that a timer interrupt occurs periodically at a predetermined time (e.g., every 2 ms) (step S9), and permits the interrupt (step S10). After that, the process enters into a loop. After that, an interrupt request signal is sent from the CTC to the CPU 103 at predetermined time intervals (e.g., every 2 ms), and the CPU 103 can periodically execute the timer interrupt process.

When the CPU 103 that has executed such game control main processing receives an interrupt request signal from the CTC and accepts the interrupt request, it executes the game control timer interrupt processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 12. When the game control timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. 12 is started, the CPU 103 first executes a predetermined switch processing to determine whether or not detection signals have been received from various switches such as the gate switch 21, the first start port switch 22A, the second start port switch 22B, and the count switch 23 via the switch circuit 110 (step S21). Next, by executing a predetermined main side error processing, it diagnoses an abnormality in the pachinko game machine 1, and can issue a warning if necessary depending on the diagnosis result (step S22). After that, by executing a predetermined information output processing, it outputs data such as jackpot information (information indicating the number of jackpots), start information (information indicating the number of start winnings), and probability fluctuation information (information indicating the number of times the probability fluctuation state has occurred) that are supplied to a hall management computer installed outside the pachinko game machine 1 (step S23).

Following the information output process, a game random number update process is executed to update at least a portion of the game random numbers used on the main board 11 side by software (step S24). After this, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol process process (step S25). By the CPU 103 executing the special symbol process process at each timer interrupt, the execution and reservation management of the special symbol game, the control of the jackpot game state, the control of the game state, etc. are realized.

Following the special symbol process, the normal symbol process is executed (step S26). The CPU 103 executes the normal symbol process at each timer interrupt, enabling the execution and reservation management of the normal symbol game based on the detection signal from the gate switch 21 (based on the game ball passing through the passing gate 41), and the opening control of the variable winning ball device 6B based on a "normal symbol hit". The normal symbol game is executed by driving the normal symbol display 20, and the number of reserved normal symbols is displayed by lighting the normal symbol reservation display 25C.

After executing the normal symbol process processing, as part of the game control timer interrupt processing, processing when a power outage occurs, processing for paying out prize balls, etc. may be performed. Then, the CPU 103 executes a command control processing (step S27). The CPU 103 may set a performance control command for transmission in each of the above processes. In the command control processing of step S27, a process is performed to transmit the performance control command set for transmission to a sub-side control board such as the performance control board 12. After executing the command control processing, the interrupt is permitted and then the game control timer interrupt processing is terminated.

(Special pattern processing)
Fig. 13 is a flow chart showing an example of the special symbol process executed in step S25 shown in Fig. 12. In this special symbol process, the CPU 103 first executes a start winning determination process (step S101).

In the start winning judgment process, a process is executed to detect the occurrence of a start winning, store the reserved information in a specified area of the RAM 102, and update the reserved memory number. When a start winning occurs, a random number value for determining the display result (including the type of big win) and the variation pattern is extracted and stored as reserved information. In addition, a process for predicting and judging the display result and the variation pattern based on the extracted random number value may be executed. After the reserved information and the reserved memory number are stored, a transmission setting is performed to transmit a performance control command to the performance control board 12 to specify the judgment results such as the occurrence of a start winning, the reserved memory number, and the predictive judgment. The performance control command at the time of the start winning that has been transmitted and set in this way is transmitted from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12, for example, after the special pattern process is completed, by executing the command control process of step S27 shown in FIG. 12.

After executing the start winning determination process in step S101, the CPU 103 selects and executes one of the processes in steps S110 to S117 depending on the value of the special symbol process flag provided in the RAM 102. Note that in each step of the special symbol process (steps S110 to S117), a transmission setting is made to transmit a performance control command corresponding to each step to the performance control board 12.

The normal special symbol processing in step S110 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "0" (initial value). In this normal special symbol processing, a determination is made as to whether or not to start the first special symbol game or the second special symbol game based on the presence or absence of reserved information. In addition, in the normal special symbol processing, based on the random number value for determining the display result, whether or not the display result of the special symbol or the decorative symbol is to be a "jackpot" and, if it is a "jackpot", the type of jackpot is determined (pre-determined) before the display result is derived and displayed. Furthermore, in the normal special symbol processing, a determined special symbol (either a jackpot symbol or a losing symbol) to be stopped and displayed in the special symbol game is set in accordance with the determined display result. After that, the value of the special symbol process flag is updated to "1", and the normal special symbol processing is terminated. In this embodiment, the special symbol game using the second special symbol is executed in priority over the special symbol game using the first special symbol (also called special symbol 2 priority consumption). Also, the order in which the game balls enter the first start winning slot and the second start winning slot may be stored, and the conditions for starting the special game may be met in the order in which the balls enter (also called winning order consumption).

When making various decisions based on random number values, various tables stored in ROM 101 (tables in which decision values compared with random number values are assigned to decision results) are referenced. The same applies to other decisions on the main board 11 and various decisions on the performance control board 12. On the performance control board 12, various tables are stored in ROM 121.

The fluctuation pattern setting process of step S111 is executed when the value of the special chart process flag is "1". This fluctuation pattern setting process includes a process of determining one of multiple types of fluctuation patterns using a random number value for determining the fluctuation pattern based on a pre-determined result of whether or not the display result is a "jackpot". In the fluctuation pattern setting process, when a fluctuation pattern is determined, the value of the special chart process flag is updated to "2" and the fluctuation pattern setting process ends.

The variation pattern specifies the execution time of the special game (special game variation time) (which is also the execution time of the variable display of the decorative symbols), the manner of the variable display of the decorative symbols (whether or not there is a reach, etc.), and the content of the presentation during the variable display of the decorative symbols (type of reach presentation, etc.), and is also called the variable display pattern.

The special pattern change process of step S112 is executed when the value of the special pattern process flag is "2". This special pattern change process includes a process for making settings to change the special pattern in the first special pattern display device 4A and the second special pattern display device 4B, and a process for measuring the elapsed time since the special pattern started to change. It also determines whether the measured elapsed time has reached the special pattern change time corresponding to the change pattern. Then, when the elapsed time since the special pattern started to change reaches the special pattern change time, the value of the special pattern process flag is updated to "3", and the special pattern change process ends.

The special pattern stop process in step S113 is executed when the value of the special pattern process flag is "3". This special pattern stop process includes a process for setting the first special pattern display device 4A and the second special pattern display device 4B to stop the fluctuation of the special pattern and to stop displaying (deriving) the confirmed special pattern that is the display result of the special pattern. If the display result is a "jackpot", the value of the special pattern process flag is updated to "4". If the display result is a "miss", when the time-saving state or the probability bonus state is controlled and the end of the number-cutting is established, the game state is also updated. When the value of the special pattern process flag is updated, the special pattern stop process ends.

The pre-opening process for the jackpot in step S114 is executed when the value of the special chart process flag is "4". This pre-opening process for the jackpot includes a process for setting the jackpot opening port to open by starting the execution of a round in the jackpot game state based on the display result being "jackpot". When the jackpot opening port is opened, a process for supplying a solenoid drive signal to the solenoid 82 for the jackpot opening port is executed. At this time, for example, depending on the type of jackpot, the maximum open period for opening the jackpot opening port and the maximum number of rounds to be executed are set. When these settings are completed, the value of the special chart process flag is updated to "5" and the pre-opening process for the jackpot is completed.

The jackpot opening process of step S115 is executed when the value of the special chart process flag is "5". This jackpot opening process includes a process for measuring the time that has elapsed since the jackpot opening was opened, and a process for determining whether it is time to return the jackpot opening from an open state to a closed state based on the measured elapsed time and the number of game balls detected by the count switch 23. When the jackpot opening is to be returned to a closed state, a process for stopping the supply of a solenoid drive signal to the solenoid 82 for the jackpot opening door is executed, and then the value of the special chart process flag is updated to "6", and the jackpot opening process is terminated.

The post-jackpot opening process of step S116 is executed when the value of the special chart process flag is "6". This post-jackpot opening process includes a process for determining whether the number of times the round that opens the big prize opening has been executed has reached the set upper limit, and a process for making settings to end the jackpot game state when the upper limit has been reached. When the number of times the round has been executed has not reached the upper limit, the value of the special chart process flag is updated to "5", whereas when the number of times the round has been executed has reached the upper limit, the value of the special chart process flag is updated to "7". When the value of the special chart process flag is updated, the post-jackpot opening process ends.

The jackpot end process of step S117 is executed when the value of the special chart process flag is "7". This jackpot end process includes a process of waiting until a waiting time corresponding to the period during which an ending presentation is executed as a presentation operation that notifies the end of the jackpot game state has elapsed, and a process of making various settings for starting special rate control or time-saving control in response to the end of the jackpot game state. When such settings are made, the value of the special chart process flag is updated to "0", and the jackpot end process ends.

(Start winning judgment process)
14 is a flow chart showing the start winning judgment process (S101) shown in FIG. 13. In the start winning judgment process, the CPU 103 first judges whether the first start hole switch 22A is on or not based on a detection signal from the first start hole switch 22A provided corresponding to the first start winning hole formed by the winning ball device 6A (005SGS101). At this time, if the first start hole switch 22A is on (005SGS101; Y), it judges whether the first special symbol reserved memory number, which is the reserved memory number of the special symbol game using the first special symbol, is a predetermined upper limit value (for example, "4" as the upper limit memory number) (005SGS102). The CPU 103 may specify the first special symbol reserved memory number by reading the first reserved memory number count value, which is the stored value of the first reserved memory number counter provided in the game control counter setting unit 005SG154, for example. When the number of reserved first special charts in 005SGS102 is not the upper limit (005SGS102; N), for example, the storage value of the start port buffer provided in the game control buffer setting unit 005SG155 is set to "1" (005SGS103).

When the first start port switch 22A is off in 005SGS101 (005SGS101; N) or when the first special symbol reserved memory number has reached the upper limit in 005SGS102 (005SGS102; Y), the second start port switch 22B, which is provided corresponding to the second start winning port formed by the variable winning ball device 6B, is judged to be on or not (005SGS104). At this time, if the second start port switch 22B is on (005SGS104; Y), it is judged to be whether the second special symbol reserved memory number, which is the reserved memory number of the special symbol game using the second special symbol, has reached a predetermined upper limit (for example, "4" as the upper limit memory number) (005SGS105). The CPU 103 can specify the number of reserved second special figures by, for example, reading the second reserved memory count value, which is the stored value of the second reserved memory count counter provided in the game control counter setting unit 005SG154. When the second reserved memory count is not the upper limit value in 005SGS105 (005SGS105;N), for example, the storage value of the start port buffer provided in the game control buffer setting unit 005SG155 is set to "2" (005SGS106).

After executing any of the processes of 005SGS103 and 005SGS106, the number of reserved memories corresponding to the start port buffer value, which is the stored value of the start port buffer, is updated to add 1 (005SGS107). For example, when the start port buffer value is "0", the first reserved memory count value is added by 1, while when the start port buffer value is "2", the second reserved memory count value is added by 1. Thus, the first reserved memory count value is updated to increase by 1 when the game ball passes (enters) the first start winning port and the first start condition corresponding to the special game using the first special game is established. In addition, the second reserved memory count value is updated to increase by 1 when the game ball passes (enters) the second start winning port and the second start condition corresponding to the special game using the second special game is established. At this time, the total reserved memory number is also updated to add 1 (005SGS108). For example, the total reserved memory count value, which is the stored value of the total reserved memory count counter provided in the game control counter setting unit 005SG154, can be updated to add 1.

After executing the process of 005SGS108, the CPU 103 extracts numerical data indicating the random number value MR1 for determining the special chart display result, the random number value MR2 for determining the type of big win, and the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern from the numerical data updated by the random number circuit 104 and the random counter of the game control counter setting unit 005SG154 (005SGS109). The numerical data indicating each of the random numbers extracted in this way and the start port buffer value are stored by being set as reserved information at the top of the empty entry in the special chart reserved memory unit (005SGS110).

The numerical data indicating the random number value MR1 for determining the special symbol display result and the random number value MR2 for determining the type of jackpot are used to determine whether the variable display result of the special symbol or decorative symbol is a "jackpot" or not, and further to determine the type of jackpot if the variable display result is a "jackpot". The random number value MR3 for determining the variation pattern is used to determine the variation pattern including the variable display time of the special symbol or decorative symbol. By executing the processing of 005SGS109, the CPU 103 extracts numerical data indicating all of the random number values used to determine the variable display mode including the variable display result and the variable display time of the special symbol or decorative symbol.

Following the processing of 005SGS110, the sending setting of the start port winning designation command according to the start port buffer value is performed (005SGS111). For example, when the start port buffer value is "1", the storage address of the first start port winning designation command table in ROM 101 is stored in the buffer area specified by the transmission command pointer in the transmission command buffer, and the setting is performed to send the first start port winning designation command to the performance control board 12. On the other hand, when the start port buffer value is "2", the storage address of the second start port winning designation command table in ROM 101 is stored in the buffer area of the transmission command buffer, and the setting is performed to send the second start port winning designation command to the performance control board 12. The start port winning designation command thus set is transmitted from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12, for example, by executing the command control processing of S27 shown in FIG. 12 after the special pattern process processing is completed.

Following the processing of 005SGS111, the CPU 103 executes the winning random number determination processing (step 005SGS112). In the winning random number determination processing, the CPU 103 first determines whether the variable display result based on the new starting winning is a jackpot or not based on the random number value MR1 extracted in step 005SGS109 and the display result determination table according to the game state.

If the variable display result is a miss, the fluctuation category is determined based on the random number value MR3 extracted in step 005SGS109 and the miss fluctuation pattern determination table according to the game state (miss fluctuation pattern determination table A if the game state is a low base state, and miss fluctuation pattern determination table D if the game state is a high base state).

If the variable display result is a jackpot, the variable category is determined based on the random number value MR3 extracted in step 005SGS109 and the jackpot variable pattern determination table. After determining these variable categories, the transmission settings are made to the performance control board 12 for the pattern designation command and variable category command according to the determined variable display result and variable category. The pattern designation command and variable category command thus set are transmitted from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12, for example, by executing the command control process of S27 shown in FIG. 12 after the special pattern process process is completed.

Following the winning random number value determination process, the CPU 103 performs settings to send a pending memory number notification command to the performance control board 12, for example by storing the storage address of the pending memory number notification command table in the ROM 101 in a buffer area specified by the transmission command pointer in the transmission command buffer (006SGS113). The pending memory number notification command thus set is transmitted from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12, for example by executing the command control process of S27 shown in FIG. 12 after the special symbol process process is completed.

After executing the process of 005SGS113, it is determined whether the start port buffer value is "1" or not (005SGS114). At this time, if the start port buffer value is "1" (Y in 005SGS114), the start port buffer is cleared (005SGS115) and the process proceeds to 2390SGS104. In contrast, if the start port buffer value is "2" (N in 005SGS114), the start port buffer is cleared and the stored value is cleared (005SGS116) and the start winning process is terminated. This ensures that even if both the first start port switch 22A and the second start port switch 22B simultaneously detect a valid game ball start winning, the process based on the detection of both valid start winnings can be completed.

(Main operations of the performance control board 12)
Next, the main operations of the performance control board 12 will be described. When the performance control board 12 receives a supply of power voltage from a power supply board or the like, the performance control CPU 120 starts up and executes the performance control main process as shown in the flowchart of Fig. 15. When the performance control main process shown in Fig. 15 starts, the performance control CPU 120 first executes a predetermined initialization process (step S71), clearing the RAM 122, setting various initial values, and setting the registers of the CTC (counter/timer circuit) mounted on the performance control board 12.

Then, it is determined whether the timer interrupt flag is on or not (step S73). The timer interrupt flag is set to the on state every time a predetermined time (e.g., 2 milliseconds) elapses, for example based on the register setting of the CTC. At this time, if the timer interrupt flag is off (step S73; No), the process of step S73 is repeatedly executed and the system waits.

In addition, on the performance control board 12 side, an interrupt occurs to receive a performance control command from the main board 11, in addition to a timer interrupt that occurs every time a predetermined time has elapsed. This interrupt occurs, for example, when the performance control INT signal from the main board 11 turns on. When an interrupt occurs due to the performance control INT signal turning on, the performance control CPU 120 automatically sets the interrupt to be prohibited, but if a CPU that does not automatically turn off the interrupt prohibition state is used, it is desirable to issue an interrupt prohibition command (DI command). In response to an interrupt due to the performance control INT signal turning on, the performance control CPU 120 executes, for example, a predetermined command reception interrupt process. In this command reception interrupt process, a performance control command is taken in from a predetermined input port that receives a control signal transmitted from the main board 11 via the relay board 15, among the input ports included in the I/O 125. The performance control command taken in at this time is stored in a performance control command reception buffer provided in, for example, the RAM 122. The performance control CPU 120 then sets the interrupt to permitted and ends the command reception interrupt process.

If the timer interrupt flag is on in step S73 (step S73; Yes), the timer interrupt flag is cleared to an off state (step S74), and a command analysis process is executed (step S75). In the command analysis process, for example, various presentation control commands transmitted from the game control microcomputer 100 of the main board 11 and stored in the presentation control command reception buffer are read, and then settings and controls corresponding to the read presentation control commands are performed. For example, the read presentation control command is stored in a specified area of the RAM 122, or a reception flag provided in the RAM 122 is turned on so that which presentation control command was received and the contents specified by the presentation control command can be confirmed in the presentation control process process, etc. In addition, if the presentation control command specifies the game state, the display control unit 123 may be instructed to display a background corresponding to the game state.

After executing the command analysis process in step S75, the performance control process is executed (step S76). In the performance control process, for example, control is performed to operate various performance devices, such as the display operation of the performance image on the display screen of the image display device 5, the sound output operation from the speakers 8L, 8R, and 8U, the lighting operation of the decorative light-emitting elements such as the game effect lamp 9 and the decorative LEDs, and the driving operation of the movable body 32. In addition, judgments, decisions, and settings are made regarding the control contents of the performance operations using the various performance devices in accordance with the performance control commands transmitted from the main board 11, etc.

Following the performance control process processing of step S76, a performance random number update processing is executed (step S77), and at least a part of the performance random numbers used on the performance control board 12 side is updated by software. Furthermore, after the performance random number value update processing (step S77), a demo performance control processing (step S78) for executing a demo performance on the pachinko gaming machine 1 and a menu operation processing (step S79) for displaying a menu screen on the image display device 5 in the game standby state and changing the executable performances, etc. by accepting operations from the player on the menu screen are executed. Then, the processing returns to step S73. Other processing may be executed before returning to the processing of step S73.

In the demo performance control process, the performance control CPU 120 may, for example, set a timer such as a customer waiting demo performance start waiting timer based on receiving a customer waiting demo designation command until the customer waiting demo performance starts, and may start the customer waiting demo performance based on the timer expiring without the variable display starting. In addition, if the variable display starts while the customer waiting demo performance start waiting timer is operating or while the customer waiting demo performance is being executed, the customer waiting demo performance start waiting timer may be cleared, the customer waiting demo performance may be interrupted, and the display on the image display device 5 may be switched to a variable display of decorative patterns.

(Performance control process)
Fig. 16 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S76 of Fig. 15 as the performance control process. In the performance control process shown in Fig. 16, the performance control CPU 120 first executes a look-ahead light-emitting performance process (step S160) for executing a look-ahead light-emitting performance. The look-ahead light-emitting performance is a performance that indicates, when a start winning occurs, that the variable display result based on the start winning is a jackpot by illuminating the button lamp 9e and outputting sound effects from the speakers 8L, 8R, and 8U.

As described below, the look-ahead light-emitting effect in this embodiment is an effect that can be executed only for the first special chart reserved memory when the effect mode is set to the look-ahead mode and the game state is normal. In addition, the illumination of the button lamp 9e as the look-ahead light-emitting effect continues to be executed until the start timing of the reach effect of the super reach during the variable display based on the starting winning that was the target of the look-ahead light-emitting effect.

After executing the pre-reading light emission performance determination process, the performance control CPU 120 executes a reserve display update process that performs a shift display, which will be described later, to update the reserve memory display in the special chart reserve memory display area 5U of the image display device 5 to a display according to the contents stored in the start winning reception command buffer 005SG194A (step S161).

In addition, in step S161, a pre-reading preview setting process may be executed together with the above-mentioned hold display update process, in which judgments, decisions, and settings are made to execute a pre-reading preview performance (such as a performance that changes the display color of the hold display) based on the performance control command sent from the main board 11 at the time of the initial winning.

The effect control CPU 120 also executes a reserved memory number notification effect process (step S162) to perform a reserved memory number notification effect. The reserved memory number notification effect is an effect in which, when a start winning occurs, if the reserved memory number generated based on the start winning (the first special reserved memory number if the game state is normal state (low base state), and the second special reserved memory number if the game state is time-saving state or probability change state (high base state)) is the third reserved memory, the vibration motor 40 is driven for a predetermined period (e.g., 3 seconds) to vibrate the operating lever 31A.

As described below, the reserved memory number notification effect in this embodiment can only be executed when the setting is such that the reserved memory number notification effect can be executed (the reserved memory number notification setting is set to ON).

After executing the above-mentioned steps S160 to S162, the performance control CPU 120 executes one of the following steps S170 to S175 depending on the value of the performance process flag.

The variable display start waiting process of step S170 is executed when the value of the presentation process flag is "0" (initial value). This variable display start waiting process includes a process of determining whether or not to start the variable display of the decorative pattern on the image display device 5 based on whether or not a command specifying the start of variable display has been received from the main board 11. If it is determined that the variable display of the decorative pattern on the image display device 5 should be started, the value of the presentation process flag is updated to "1" and the variable display start waiting process ends.

The variable display start setting process of step S171 is a process executed when the value of the performance process flag is "1". In this variable display start setting process, the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern (determined decorative pattern), the mode of the variable display of the decorative pattern, whether or not various performances such as reach performances and various advance notice performances are executed, and the mode and execution start timing are determined based on the display result and the variation pattern specified by the performance control command. Then, a performance control pattern (a collection of control data for instructing the display control unit 123 to execute a performance) that reflects the determined result is set. After that, based on the set performance control pattern, the display control unit 123 is instructed to start the execution of the variable display of the decorative pattern, the value of the performance process flag is updated to "2", and the variable display start setting process is terminated. In response to the instruction to start the execution of the variable display of the decorative pattern, the display control unit 123 starts the variable display of the decorative pattern on the image display device 5.

The variable display performance process of step S172 is a process executed when the performance process flag value is "2". In this variable display performance process, the performance control CPU 120 instructs the display control unit 123 to display a performance image based on the performance control pattern set in step S171 on the display screen of the image display device 5, to drive the movable body 32, to output voice and sound effects from the speakers 8L, 8R, and 8U by outputting a command (sound effect signal) to the voice control board 13, and to turn on/off/blink the game effect lamp 9 and the decorative LED by outputting a command (illumination signal) to the lamp control board 14, thereby executing various performance controls during the variable display of the decorative pattern. After performing such performance control, for example, in response to the reading of an end code indicating the end of the variable display of the decorative pattern from the performance control pattern, or the reception of a command specifying the stop display of the fixed decorative pattern from the main board 11, the fixed decorative pattern, which is the display result of the decorative pattern, is stopped. When the final decorative pattern is displayed, the value of the performance process flag is updated to "3" and the performance process during variable display ends.

The special winning wait process of step S173 is executed when the value of the presentation process flag is "3". In this special winning wait process, the presentation control CPU 120 judges whether or not a presentation control command designating the start of a jackpot game state has been received from the main board 11. Then, when a presentation control command designating the start of a jackpot game state is received, the value of the presentation process flag is updated to "4". Also, when a command designating the start of a jackpot game state is not received and the waiting time for receiving the command has elapsed, it is judged that the display result in the special winning game was a "miss", and the value of the presentation process flag is updated to the initial value of "0". When the value of the presentation process flag is updated, the special winning wait process is terminated.

The jackpot performance process of step S174 is executed when the performance process flag value is "4". In this jackpot performance process, the performance control CPU 120 sets, for example, a performance control pattern corresponding to the performance content in the jackpot gaming state, and executes various performance controls in the jackpot gaming state based on the set content. In addition, in the jackpot performance process, for example, in response to receiving a command from the main board 11 specifying that the jackpot gaming state is to end, the value of the performance process flag is updated to "5", which is a value corresponding to the ending performance process, and the jackpot performance process ends.

The ending presentation process of step S175 is executed when the value of the presentation process flag is "5". In this ending presentation process, the presentation control CPU 120 sets a presentation control pattern corresponding to, for example, the end of a jackpot gaming state, and executes various presentation controls for the ending presentation at the end of the jackpot gaming state based on the set contents. After that, the value of the presentation process flag is updated to the initial value "0", and the ending presentation process is terminated.

(Look-ahead light emission processing)
Fig. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of the look-ahead light emission performance process shown in Fig. 16. In the look-ahead light emission performance process, the performance control CPU 120 first specifies the contents of the first special chart reserved memory in the start winning time reception command buffer 005SG194A shown in Fig. 10 (B) (step 005SGS221), and determines whether there is an entry in the first special chart reserved memory whose look-ahead target flag is not set (step 005SGS222).

If there is no entry in the first special chart reserved memory for which the pre-read target flag is not set (step 005SGS222; N), proceed to step 005SGS229. If there is an entry in the first special chart reserved memory for which the pre-read target flag is not set (step 005SGS222; Y), determine whether there is an entry in the first special chart reserved memory for which the pre-read target flag is already set to "1", that is, whether the execution of a pre-read light-emitting effect has already been determined for any of the first special chart reserved memories (step 005SGS223).

If there is an entry in the first special pattern reserved memory that already has the pre-read target flag set to "1" (step 005SGS223; Y), proceed to step 005SGS232. If there is no entry in the first special pattern reserved memory that already has the pre-read target flag set to "1" (step 005SGS223; N), the game state is further identified (step 005SGS224) and it is determined whether the game state is a normal state (low base state), that is, whether it is a game state in which the variable display of the first special pattern is mainly executed (step 005SGS225).

If the game state is in the time-saving state or the probability change state (step 005SGS225; N), proceed to step 005SGS232. If the game state is in the normal state (step 005SGS225; Y), it is determined whether or not the game is in a look-ahead mode in which a look-ahead light-up effect can be executed (step 005SGS226). If the game is not in the look-ahead mode (step 005SGS226; N), proceed to step 005SGS232. If the game is in the look-ahead mode (step 005SGS226; Y), the variable category command and the designation command of the entry (the entry for which the look-ahead target flag is not set) are identified (step 005SGS227), and based on the identified variable category command and the designation command, it is determined whether or not to execute the look-ahead light-up effect (step 005SGS228).

For example, as shown in FIG. 18, when the variable category command is "other" and the pattern designation command is "jackpot", that is, when the variable display result is a normal reach jackpot, the pre-reading light-emitting effect is determined not to be executed 100% of the time. Also, when the variable category command is "super reach" and the pattern designation command is "jackpot", that is, when the variable display result is a super reach jackpot, the pre-reading light-emitting effect is determined not to be executed 1% of the time, and the pre-reading light-emitting effect is determined to be executed 99% of the time. Also, when the variable category command is "non-reach" and the pattern designation command is "miss", that is, when the variable display result is a non-reach miss, the pre-reading light-emitting effect is determined not to be executed 100% of the time. Also, when the variable category command is "other" and the pattern designation command is "miss", that is, when the variable display result is a normal reach miss, the pre-reading light-emitting effect is determined not to be executed 100% of the time. Then, if the variable category command is "Super Reach" and the designation command is "Miss," i.e., if the variable display result is a Super Reach Miss, the system will decide not to execute the pre-reading light-emitting effect 95% of the time, and will decide to execute the pre-reading light-emitting effect 5% of the time.

In this embodiment, an example is given of a form in which the pre-reading light-emitting effect can be executed only for the variable display of the super reach, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the pre-reading light-emitting effect can also be executed for the variable display of non-reach or normal reach.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, an example has been given of a form in which the execution rate of the look-ahead light-emitting effect is different depending on whether the variable display result is a jackpot, with the variable display of the super reach as the target, but the present invention is not limited to this. A plurality of effect patterns (e.g., effect pattern A and effect pattern B) in which the light-emitting state of the effect LED 402 (see FIG. 1) is different may be provided for the look-ahead light-emitting effect, and when the look-ahead light-emitting effect is executed in effect pattern A, the rate at which the jackpot type when the variable display result is a jackpot will be a type that is advantageous to the player (e.g., the rate at which the jackpot will be a guaranteed jackpot or the number of rounds in the jackpot game will be 10) will be higher than when the look-ahead light-emitting effect is executed in effect pattern B. In this way, the player can be drawn to which effect pattern the look-ahead light-emitting effect will be executed.

Returning to FIG. 17, after executing step 005SGS228, the performance control CPU 120 judges whether or not it has decided to execute a look-ahead light-emitting performance in step 005SGS228 (step 005SGS230). If it has decided to execute a look-ahead light-emitting performance (step 005SGS230; Y), it sets the value of the look-ahead target flag for that entry to "1" and proceeds to step 005SGS233 (step 005SGS231). If it has decided not to execute a look-ahead light-emitting performance (step 005SGS230; N), it proceeds to step 005SGS232.

In addition, in the processing of step 005SGS232, the performance control CPU 120 sets the pre-read target flag for the entry to "0" and proceeds to step 005SGS233.

In step 005SGS233, the performance control CPU 120 determines whether there is an entry with the value of the look-ahead target flag set to "1", that is, whether there is an entry that is the target of the look-ahead light-emitting performance. If there is no entry with the value of the look-ahead target flag set to "1" (step 005SGS233; N), the look-ahead light-emitting performance process ends, and if there is an entry with the value of the look-ahead target flag set to "1" (step 005SGS233; Y), the performance LED 402 is illuminated and the look-ahead light-emitting performance process ends (step 005SGS234).

In step 005SGS229, the performance control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is in a look-ahead mode in which a look-ahead light-emitting performance can be executed (step 005SGS229). If it is in the look-ahead mode (step 005SGS229; Y), it executes the processing of steps 005SGS233 and 005SGS234 described above, and if it is not in the look-ahead mode (step 005SGS229; N), it ends the look-ahead light-emitting performance processing.

(Demo performance control processing/menu operation processing)
Next, the display mode of the image display device 5 when the performance control CPU 120 executes the demo performance control process and the menu operation process will be described with reference to Fig. 19(A) to Fig. 19(E). First, as shown in Fig. 19(A) and Fig. 19(B), when the game state is normal, time-saving, or probability-variable, and the variable display of the special symbol is not being executed and the reserved memory number is 0, a predetermined period of time has elapsed, and the display of the demo performance is started on the image display device 5. At this time, an operation prompt image Z2 including an image of the push button 31B and a message indicating that the menu screen will be displayed on the image display device 5 by operating the push button 31B is displayed on the right side of the display area of the image display device 5.

When the player operates the push button 31B while the operation prompt image Z2 is displayed, as shown in FIG. 19(C), the display of the demo effect on the image display device 5 ends, and a menu image Z3 including the items "effect mode setting," "reserved number notification setting," and "back" is displayed as a menu screen. In addition, on the right side of the image display device 5, an image Z4 is displayed indicating that the highlighted item can be switched by operating the operating lever 31A, and an image Z5 is displayed indicating that the highlighted item can be selected by operating the push button 31B.

When the player selects the "Presentation Mode Setting" item by operating the control lever 31A and push button 31B while such a menu screen is displayed, a presentation mode setting screen is displayed in place of the menu screen on the image display device 5, as shown in FIG. 19 (D). The presentation mode setting screen displays the items "Normal Mode," "Look Ahead Mode," and "Back," and the player can highlight and select any of the items by operating the control lever 31A and push button 31B in the same way as the menu screen.

When the player selects the "Normal mode" item in the state shown in FIG. 19(D), the presentation control CPU 120 sets the setting so that it does not execute the above-mentioned look-ahead light-emitting presentation (determines that it is not in look-ahead mode in the processing of steps 005SGS226 and 005SGS229 of the look-ahead light-emitting presentation processing). Also, when the player selects the "Look-ahead mode" item, the presentation control CPU 120 sets the setting so that it does execute the look-ahead light-emitting presentation (determines that it is in look-ahead mode in the processing of steps 005SGS226 and 005SGS229 of the look-ahead light-emitting presentation processing).

In addition, if the player selects the "Reserved Number Notification Setting" item by operating the control lever 31A and push button 31B while the menu screen is displayed, the reserved number notification setting screen is displayed instead of the menu screen on the image display device 5, as shown in FIG. 19 (E). The reserved number notification setting screen displays the items "ON", "OFF", and "Back", and the player can highlight and select any of the items by operating the control lever 31A and push button 31B in the same way as the menu screen.

When the player selects the "ON" item in the state shown in FIG. 19(E), the presentation control CPU 120 performs a setting in the previously described reserved memory number notification presentation process to vibrate the operating lever 31A when a new start winning occurs and the number of reserved memories corresponding to the game status reaches three (setting to execute the reserved memory number notification presentation). Also, when the player selects the "OFF" item, the presentation control CPU 120 performs a setting in the previously described reserved memory number notification presentation process not to vibrate the operating lever 31A (setting not to execute the reserved memory number notification presentation).

In other words, in the pachinko gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, the player can select whether or not to execute the pre-reading light-emitting effect and the reserved memory number notification effect by operating the machine.

If the player selects the "Back" item while the menu screen shown in FIG. 19(C) is displayed, the demo presentation is displayed again on the image display device 5, and if the player selects the "Back" item while the presentation mode setting screen shown in FIG. 19(D) or the reserved number notification setting screen shown in FIG. 19(E) is displayed, the menu screen is displayed on the image display device 5.

(Flow of the performance)
Here, the execution order and execution timing of each performance in this embodiment will be explained using the variable display of a super reach in a low base state as an example.

First, as shown in Fig. 20 (A1) to Fig. 20 (A13), when a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the variable display started, the left and right decorative symbols stop in a reach state, and a normal reach performance is executed. As for the normal reach performance, as shown in Fig. 20 (A13), the moving body 32 finally falls by its own weight from the origin position above the image display device 5 to the performance position below, thereby announcing the development to a super reach performance.

When the variable display is a variable display based on a fluctuation pattern of a normal reach miss, although this is not shown, a message is displayed indicating that the performance will not progress to a super reach performance (in the case of a normal reach performance in this embodiment, an image in which at least one bowling pin is not knocked down is displayed instead of the image in which all bowling pins are knocked down in FIG. 20 (A12)), and then the decorative patterns are displayed in a stopped combination indicating a miss.

After the normal reach effect is executed, the super reach effect is executed as shown in Figures 20 (A14) to 20 (A16) and Figures 21 (A17) to 21 (A30). As for the super reach effect, first, the super reach title effect is executed as shown in Figure 20 (A14).

As the strong super reach effect progresses, the deciding button effect is executed as shown in FIG. 21 (A20). At this time, if the variable display result is a big win, when the player operates the push button 31B during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B in the deciding button effect, or when the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B ends, a message is displayed indicating that the variable display result is a big win (in this embodiment, an image of an ally character defeating an enemy character as shown in FIG. 21 (A21) to FIG. 21 (A22)), and the movable body 32 is dropped by its own weight from the origin position above the image display device 5 to the performance position below. Then, after the super reach effect, a combination of decorative symbols indicating a big win is displayed as a symbol matching effect, as shown in FIG. 21 (A23) to FIG. 21 (A26).

If the variable display result is a miss, when the player operates the push button 31B during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B in the deciding button performance, or when the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B ends, a message is displayed indicating that the variable display result is a miss (in this embodiment, an image of the friendly character not defeating the enemy character and cracks appearing on the screen, as shown in Figures 21 (A27) to 21 (A30)), and a stop display with a losing combination of decorative patterns is executed, and the variable display ends.

(Structure of the Pachinko Machine 1, etc.)
Next, the structure of the pachinko gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS.

As shown in Figures 22 and 23, the pachinko game machine 1 is mainly composed of a square outer frame 70 (outer frame) fixed to a game island (not shown) installed in an amusement parlor, a game machine frame 3 (inner frame) that is provided so that the opening of the outer frame 70 can be opened and closed around the left side of the outer frame 70, and an opening and closing door frame 50 (door frame) that is provided so that the front of the game machine frame 3 can be opened and closed around the left side of the game machine frame 3. The opening and closing door frame 50 has a glass window 50W that allows the game areas 2L and 2R of the game board 2 attached to the game machine frame 3 to be viewed.

When the outer frame 70 is installed and fixed on the game island, the pachinko game machine 1 can be changed between a closed state in which the front of the game machine frame 3 is closed by the opening and closing door frame 50 and the opening of the outer frame 70 is closed by the game machine frame 3, a second open state (see Figure 22) in which the opening of the outer frame 70 is closed by the game machine frame 3 and the opening and closing door frame 50 is opened, opening the front of the game machine frame 3, and a fourth open state (see Figure 23) in which the front is closed by the opening and closing door frame 50 and the game machine frame 3 is opened, opening the opening of the outer frame 70.

When changing the pachinko gaming machine 1 from the closed state to the first open state, which has a smaller opening angle than the second open state, a specific key (not shown) owned by the gaming parlor can be inserted into the keyhole 60 (see FIG. 1) provided on the front right side of the opening/closing door frame 50, and the inserted specific key can be rotated in a first direction (e.g., leftward) to unlock it. When changing the pachinko gaming machine 1 from the closed state to the third open state, which has a smaller opening angle than the fourth open state, the inserted specific key can be rotated in a second direction (e.g., rightward) to unlock it. When the opening/closing door frame 50 or the gaming machine frame 3 is rotated in the closing direction to change from the first open state or the third open state to the closed state, the machine is locked.

In this way, the pachinko game machine 1 rotates around the left side together with the three-dimensional decorative unit 400 provided on the upper front part of the opening and closing door frame 50, whether it is changing from the closed state to the first open state or the second open state, or from the closed state to the third open state or the fourth open state.

The closed state includes a first closed state (door frame closed state) in which the opening and closing door frame 50 closes the front of the gaming machine frame 3 and is locked to the gaming machine frame 3, a second closed state (inner frame closed state) in which the gaming machine frame 3 closes the opening of the outer frame 70 and is locked to the outer frame 70, and a fully closed state (fully closed state) in which the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 are both locked.

The open state includes a first open state (first door frame unlocked state) which is a state when the gaming machine frame 3 is unlocked from a locked state, a second open state (second door frame unlocked state) in which the gaming machine frame 3 is more open than in the first open state, a third open state (first inner frame unlocked state) which is a state when the outer frame 70 is unlocked from a locked state, a fourth open state (second inner frame unlocked state) in which the gaming machine frame 3 is more open than in the third open state, and a fully open state in which the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 are both unlocked.

In the following description, the first closed state (door frame closed state), the first open state (door frame first unlocked state), and the second open state (door frame second unlocked state) may be used to indicate the state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 and the state of the opening and closing door frame 50. The second closed state (inner frame closed state), the third open state (inner frame first unlocked state), and the fourth open state (inner frame second unlocked state) may be used to indicate the state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 and the state of the gaming machine frame 3.

In the following, the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 may be collectively referred to as a "door" or "door section", the first to fourth opening states may be collectively referred to as an "open state" or "open state", and the closed state of the gaming machine frame 3 including the opening and closing door frame 50 may be collectively referred to as a "closed state" or "closed state". The first opening state is a state in which the opening angle is small (e.g., opening angle = about 2 to 5 degrees) after the opening and closing door frame 50 is unlocked, and the second opening state is a state in which the opening angle is larger than the first opening state (e.g., opening angle = about 6 to 90 degrees). The third opening state is a state in which the opening angle is small (e.g., opening angle = about 2 to 10 degrees) after the gaming machine frame 3 is unlocked, and the fourth opening state is a state in which the opening angle is larger than the third opening state (e.g., opening angle = about 11 to 90 degrees). Details of the closed and open states will be described later.

The door open sensors 90A and 90B can detect the opening and closing of the gaming machine frame 3, including the opening and closing door frame 50. In other words, when the door open sensors 90A and 90B detect the opening of either the opening and closing door frame 50 or the gaming machine frame 3, the CPU 103 judges it to be in the "open state" and sends a first door opening and closing state designation command from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12, and when the door open sensors 90A and 90B detect the closing of both the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3, the CPU 103 judges it to be in the "closed state" and sends a second door opening and closing state designation command from the main board 11 to the performance control board 12.

In this embodiment, the door open sensors 90A and 90B are exemplified as being capable of detecting the opening of the gaming machine frame 3 including the opening and closing door frame 50, but the present invention is not limited to this. The first and second open states in which only the opening and closing door frame 50 is open, and the third and fourth open states in which the gaming machine frame 3 including the opening and closing door frame 50 is open may be individually detectable by separate sensors.

As shown in FIG. 24, a first passage forming body 203 is provided at the upper rear part of the game machine frame 3, extending in the left-right direction along the upper edge of the game machine frame 3. The first passage forming body 203 is made up of a ball tank forming section 201 that forms a ball tank (storage section) capable of storing game balls supplied from a circulation path for game balls (hereinafter sometimes referred to as game balls P) provided inside the game island (not shown) via a supply device (not shown), and a first guide passage forming section 202 that forms a first guide passage that guides the game balls stored in the ball tank forming section 201 toward the left side, and is provided at the upper position of the first guide passage forming section 202. In addition, a terminal board 210, which will be described later, is provided at a position above the first guide passage forming section 202.

The supply device (not shown) has a guide member (not shown) consisting of a nozzle or the like capable of guiding game balls in the circulation path of the game island, a sprocket (not shown) capable of sending out a predetermined number (e.g., 10 balls) of game balls guided by the guide member, a drive source (not shown) for driving the sprocket, and a lever switch (not shown) that is pressed against the game machine frame 3 when the opening of the outer frame 70 is in a closed state where it is closed by the game machine frame 3; in the closed state, when the lever switch (not shown) is pressed by the game machine frame 3, the game balls sent out by the sprocket can fall into the ball tank forming section 201, and in the open state, when the lever switch (not shown) is not pressed by the game machine frame 3, the game balls sent out by the sprocket are held so that they cannot fall. When the number of game balls stored in the ball tank forming section 201 decreases while the outer frame 70 is in the closed state, the drive source rotates the sprocket, and a predetermined number of game balls are sent out and supplied to the ball tank forming section 201.

In addition, a second passage forming body 207 is provided extending in the vertical direction along the left side of the back surface of the game machine frame 3. The second passage forming body 207 is made up of a second guide passage forming section 204 which forms a second guide passage for guiding downward the game balls guided to the left side by the first guide passage forming section 202, a payout device 200 which constitutes a payout section capable of paying out the game balls guided by the second guide passage forming section 204, a payout passage forming section 205 which guides the game balls paid out by the payout device 200 to the upper tray, i.e., forms a payout passage 205A (see FIG. 32) for paying out the game balls to the player, and a ball removal passage forming section 206 which forms a ball removal passage which guides the game balls guided by the second guide passage forming section 204 to a discharge section (not shown) not shown which is provided at the bottom of the back surface of the pachinko game machine 1 in order to discharge them outside the pachinko game machine 1 without paying them out from the payout device 200 to the payout passage forming section 205.

The payout device 200, although not shown in detail, consists of a case body formed in a roughly rectangular parallelepiped shape, and inside are provided a sprocket for paying out a predetermined number of game balls (for example, one ball) at a time, a payout motor for rotating the sprocket, a switching valve that can switch the flow path of the game balls between the payout passage 205A and the ball removal passage, and an operating lever for switching the switching valve. In addition, the lower back of the gaming machine frame 3 is provided with a board case 91A that houses the power supply board 91 and a board case 37A that houses the payout control board 37.

In this embodiment, a ball failure switch (not shown) capable of detecting game balls is provided at a predetermined location in the second guide passage, and the CPU 103 constantly monitors whether there are game balls to be paid out in the second guide passage upstream of the payout device 200 based on the input state of the detection signal from the ball failure switch (not shown). If the ball failure switch (not shown) remains off for a predetermined time or more, it is determined that game balls are not being supplied to the payout device 200 for some reason, such as ball clogging, that is, a supply error has occurred, and the payout operation by the payout device 200 is stopped. In addition, a supply error is displayed on a predetermined display (not shown) connected to the main board 11, and a supply error command is output to the performance control board 12, so that the performance control CPU 120 can execute a notification process that a supply error has occurred, such as by causing the game effect lamp 9 provided at a predetermined location on the front of the opening and closing door frame 50 to light up in an error mode.

In the opening 471 (see FIG. 31) formed in the approximate center of the gaming machine frame 3, the gaming board unit 2A is detachably arranged from the front side of the gaming machine frame 3. The gaming board unit 2A is a structure including the gaming board 2 consisting of a board panel and spacer members, various gaming parts (e.g., obstacle nails and winning devices) provided on the front side of the gaming board 2, the image display device 5 provided on the rear side of the gaming board 2, a presentation device having a movable body 32, electronic parts such as a board case 12A in which the presentation control board 12 is stored, and a board case 11A in which the main board 11 is stored, and a cover body 220 that protects the gaming board 2, the presentation device, the electronic parts, etc.

The circuit board cases 11A, 12A, 91A, and 37A are constructed so that each circuit board can be stored inside using a base member and a cover member made of transparent synthetic resin material, and among these, the circuit board cases 11A and 12A are attached to the game machine frame 3 or the game board 2 by one or more screw members, and the circuit board cases 91A and 37A are attached to the game machine frame 3 or the game board 2 by a locking means (not shown). The cover body 220 is formed into a box shape made of transparent synthetic resin material with an open front, and part of the back surface is an opening/closing part 220A that can rotate around the right edge, making it possible to open and close part of the back surface of the game board 2.

The first passage forming body 203 and the second passage forming body 207 provided on the back of the gaming machine frame 3, and the cover body 220 constituting the back of the gaming board 2, protrude rearward from the outer frame 70 when the outer frame 70 is closed by the gaming machine frame 3 (see Figures 22 and 23). In particular, the first passage forming body 203 is provided so that the top opening of the ball tank forming part 201 is located at the rear position of the upper plate of the outer frame 70 at the upper part of the back of the gaming machine frame 3, so that when the outer frame 70 of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is fixed to the gaming island (not shown), gaming balls can be supplied to the ball tank forming part 201 from the circulation path above the gaming island via a supply device (not shown).

(3D decoration unit)
As shown in Figures 1 and 24 to 28, the three-dimensional decorative unit 400 is mainly composed of a three-dimensional decorative part 400A having a three-dimensional shape that resembles approximately the left half of the face of a character (not shown) displayed in various performances of the pachinko game machine 1, and an attachment part 400B (dotted diagonal part in Figure 1) that extends in the vertical direction from the rear of the three-dimensional decorative part 400A and is attached to the right edge part of the front surface of the opening and closing door frame 50.

The three-dimensional decorative part 400A has a first decorative part 401a arranged along the upper edge and right edge of the front of the opening and closing door frame 50 in a front view, and a second decorative part 401b arranged above the opening and closing door frame 50, and is formed so that the front end 401c on the right side of the boundary between the first decorative part 401a and the second decorative part 401b protrudes the furthest forward, and gradually slopes backward from the front end 401c upward, downward, and to the left. In other words, the three-dimensional decorative part 400A is arranged at the upper right side of the front of the opening and closing door frame 50 in a front view, and the right side protrudes further forward than the left side, and the opening and closing door frame 50 is arranged so that it can be opened around the left side, so that the opening and closing door frame 50 can be opened widely so as not to come into contact with the three-dimensional decorative unit arranged at the upper right side of the front of another pachinko game machine arranged adjacent to the left side of the pachinko game machine 1.

25 and 26, the protruding length dimension L1 from the mounting portion 400B to the front end is longer than the protruding length dimension L2 of the protruding portion (e.g., the operating lever 31A) that has the longest protruding length dimension from the mounting portion 400B among the other protruding portions (L1>L2). The protruding length dimension L3 from the mounting portion 400B to the upper end of the second decorative portion 401b is approximately the same as the protruding length dimension L1 (L3≒L1), but may be longer or shorter than the protruding length dimension L1. The back surface of the second decorative portion 401b is inclined upward at a predetermined angle θ1 (θ1=approximately 25 degrees) toward the front side so as not to come into contact with an information display terminal (not shown) or the like provided at the top of the play island.

In addition, the front of the three-dimensional decorative portion 400A is provided with a performance LED 402 that lights up during the aforementioned pre-reading light-emitting performance, as well as a part of the main lamp 9a and side lamp 9b (see Figure 1).

In this way, the three-dimensional decorative part 400A protrudes forward and upward from the mounting part 400B, and is highly visible from the side of the pachinko gaming machine 1. When installed on the game island (not shown) of an amusement parlor, the presence of the pachinko gaming machine 1 can be effectively appealed not only to players playing with the pachinko gaming machine 1 and players in the vicinity of the pachinko gaming machine 1, but also to distant players at the longitudinal end of the game island. On the other hand, the three-dimensional decorative part 400A is made of a synthetic resin material, and in particular, since the center of gravity G (see Figures 25 and 26) is located forward of the mounting part 400B, when the opening and closing door frame 50 and the game machine frame 3 are opened, the right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the game machine frame 3 sink and sag in the approximately vertical direction due to the load of the three-dimensional decorative part 400A, or the upper right part where the three-dimensional decorative part 400A is located bends forward, and is easily deformed. Details regarding sagging etc. will be given later.

In the present embodiment, the three-dimensional decoration part 400A of the three-dimensional decoration unit 400 is composed of a three-dimensional decoration that imitates approximately the left half of the face of a character (not shown) displayed in various effects of the pachinko game machine 1, but the shape and size are arbitrary, and it may be composed of a decoration that is not a character. In addition, the attachment part 400B is attached along the upper right side of the front surface of the opening and closing door frame 50, while the three-dimensional decoration part 400A is arranged along the upper side and right side, but the attachment part 400B may also be provided with the same shape as the three-dimensional decoration part 400A. In addition, the three-dimensional decoration part 400A is arranged along the upper side and right side, but it does not necessarily have to be arranged on the right side as long as it is arranged at least on the upper side of the opening and closing door frame 50, and the three-dimensional decoration part 400A may be arranged on all of the upper side, left and right sides, and lower side. Furthermore, a part of the three-dimensional decoration part 400A may be a movable part that can be operated by a motor or the like, and may be operated in various effects.

(Outer frame)
As shown in Figures 29 and 30, the outer frame 70 is composed of an upper plate 70a and a lower plate 70d made of wooden plates, and left and right side plates 70b, 70c made of iron plates, and is formed into a rectangular frame shape by connecting the left and right ends of the upper plate 70a to the upper ends of the left and right side plates 70b, 70c and the left and right ends of the lower plate 70d to the lower ends of the left and right side plates 70b, 70c with connecting metal fittings 70e. Locking pieces 465a, 465b that lock the game machine frame 3 in the closed position are fixed to the upper and lower positions of the inner surface of the right side plate 70c. Although the left and right side plates 70b, 70c are made of iron, they may be made of other metal materials such as aluminum. In addition, a speaker unit 410 with a built-in speaker 8U (see Figure 2) is attached to the lower front surface of the outer frame 70.

The upper bearing 451 protruding forward is integrally formed with the connecting fitting 70e at the upper left corner, and a bearing groove 452 that is approximately L-shaped in plan view is formed in the upper bearing 451 for supporting the upper part of the gaming machine frame 3. The lower surface of the upper bearing 451 is provided with a retaining member 452a that prevents the shaft pin inserted into the bearing groove 452 from coming out (see FIG. 36). A metal lower bearing 453 that protrudes forward is fixed to the left end of the speaker unit 410, and a shaft pin 454 facing up and down is erected on the front part of the upper surface of the lower bearing 453 for supporting the lower part of the gaming machine frame 3 (see FIG. 36).

A metallic slider member 411 is fixed to the upper right side of the speaker unit 410 to guide the lower right side of the gaming machine frame 3 toward the closed position. In addition, a recess 420 that opens toward the front is provided in the upper center position of the speaker unit 410 and extends in the left-right direction. Details of the slider member 411 and the recess 420 will be described later.

(Amusement machine frames)
As shown in Figures 31 and 32, the game machine frame 3 is made of synthetic resin and is configured as a square frame with an opening 471 in the center. The rear of a game board unit 2A (see Figure 22), which includes a game board 2 and various devices to be assembled to the game board 2, is pushed into the opening 471 from the front side of the game machine frame 3 and the game board 2 is fixed to the periphery of the opening 471, thereby allowing the game board unit 2A to be removably attached.

A metal inner hinge upper part 455 protruding forward is fixed to the upper left corner of the gaming machine frame 3, and a vertically facing axle pin 456 that can be inserted into the bearing groove 452 of the outer frame 70 is protruding downward from the front end lower surface of the inner hinge upper part 455. A metal inner hinge lower part 457 protruding forward is fixed to the lower left corner of the gaming machine frame 3, and a bearing hole 458 into which the axle pin 454 of the outer frame 70 can be inserted is formed on the front end lower surface of the inner hinge lower part 457. In addition, a vertically facing axle pin 459 for supporting the lower part of the opening and closing door frame 50 is erected on the front end upper surface of the inner hinge lower part 457. A metal hinge upper part 460 protruding forward is fixed below the inner hinge upper part 455, and a bearing hole 461 for supporting the upper part of the opening and closing door frame 50 is formed in the hinge upper part 460.

A reinforcing metal lower plate 472 with locking claws 472a, 472b that lock the opening and closing door frame 50 is attached to the lower front edge of the gaming machine frame 3, and a lock plate (not shown) with a locking claw 472c that links to the locking claws 472a, 472b via an interlocking mechanism (not shown) is attached to the upper right of the reinforcing metal lower plate 472. These locking claws 472a, 472b, 472c slide in the unlocking direction when the keyhole 60 is rotated in the first direction.

A lock unit 473 extending in the vertical direction is fixed to the right side of the gaming machine frame 3. The lock unit 473 has a first slider (not shown) extending in the vertical direction and having rearward-facing locking claws 474a, 474b at upper and lower positions that can be locked with locking pieces 465a, 465b provided on the outer frame 70, and a second slider (not shown) extending in the vertical direction and having forward-facing locking claws 475a, 475b, 475c at upper, central, and lower positions that can be locked with locking pieces 485a, 485b, 485c (see FIG. 34) provided on the opening and closing door frame 50, which will be described later. When the open/close door frame 50 is in the closed position, the lock unit 473 is connected to a connected lock unit 490 (see FIG. 34) having a cylinder lock 491 (see FIG. 33) with a keyhole 60 on the front side. When the keyhole 60 is rotated in a first direction, a first slider (not shown) having locking claws 474a and 474b slides in the unlocking direction (upward) to unlock the door, and when the keyhole 60 is rotated in a second direction, a second slider (not shown) having locking claws 475a, 475b, and 475c slides in the unlocking direction (upward) to unlock the door. The first and second sliders (not shown) are biased downward by a spring (not shown).

In this way, the connecting lock unit 490 having the cylinder lock 491, the lock unit 473 that connects to the connecting lock unit 490 in the closed state, and the reinforcing lower metal plate 472, lock plate (not shown), and under-frame security metal plates 372A and 372B that are linked to these units constitute the locking/unlocking device for the opening/closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3.

In addition, a recess 380F that opens forward and a recess 380B that opens rearward (see Figure 51) are provided at the bottom edge of the gaming machine frame 3, each extending in the left-right direction.

The lower front part of the gaming machine frame 3 is mainly provided with a communication port 240 for the payout passage 205A formed in the payout passage forming part 205, a shutter device 241 capable of opening and closing the communication port 240, a ball launching device 500 that launches game balls toward the game areas 2L and 2R, and a door opening sensor 90B. The communication port 240 is located on the left side, which is the rotation axis side of the gaming machine frame 3, and the ball launching device 500 is located in approximately the center position in the left-right direction. The door opening sensor 90A is located at the top, and the door opening sensor 90B is located on the lower right side. In addition, a metal slider member 431 that guides the lower right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 toward the closed position is fixed to the lower right side of the front part of the gaming machine frame 3.

In addition, an inlet 550a through which game balls flow in from the ball supply tray 61 is formed on the upper right side of the front of the ball launching device 500, and an outlet 550b is formed on the lower left side of the front. The game balls supplied from the ball supply tray 61 are arranged to wait for launch in a waiting passage (not shown) inside the ball launching device 500 via the inlet 550a. In addition, a ball removal lever 545 for discharging game balls waiting in the waiting passage (not shown) is provided so as to be slidable in the left-right direction. By operating the ball removal lever 545, game balls that are not launched into the play area and are discharged from the waiting passage are guided to the outlet 550b and returned to the player.

A shutter opening shaft 540 that presses a shutter opening switch 362 (see FIG. 34) described later is formed to protrude forward on the left side of the ball launching device 500. In addition, a synthetic resin guided member 421 that can slide on the top surface of the slider member 411 of the outer frame 70 is fixed to the lower right part of the back surface.

(Opening and closing door frame)
As shown in Figures 33 and 34, the opening and closing door frame 50 is mainly composed of a rectangular base door frame 50A made of synthetic resin material with an opening 351A formed in the center, a rectangular reinforcing sheet metal 50B made of metal material with an opening 351B formed in the center, a lower unit 300 fixed to the lower front surface of the base door frame 50A, an upper unit 310 fixed to the upper front surface of the base door frame 50A, a left side unit 320 fixed to the left edge of the front surface of the base door frame 50A, a lever unit 330 fixed to the lower right edge of the front surface of the base door frame 50A, and a three-dimensional decorative unit 400 fixed to the upper right edge of the front surface of the base door frame 50A.

The lower unit 300 mainly comprises a ball supply tray 61 (upper tray) that protrudes forward, a push button 31B, ball operation handles 30L, 30R, and a bifurcated hand-rest unit 301 that is positioned below each of the ball operation handles 30L, 30R. The upper unit 310 has speakers 8L, 8R disposed on the left and right sides inside, and a sound-emitting section is provided on the front of each of the speakers 8L, 8R. The lever unit 330 has an operating lever 31A journaled so that it can be pushed and pulled in the forward and backward directions.

The base door frame 50A is formed into a rectangular frame by connecting multiple components, but it may also be formed from a single rectangular synthetic resin plate. In addition, various parts and devices such as circuit boards are arranged on the front side.

On the other hand, the reinforcing sheet metal 50B is formed from a single rectangular metal plate and is fixed to the rear side of the base door frame 50A via multiple screw members (not shown), forming a sagging prevention means that prevents sagging due to deformation such as bending of the base door frame 50A.

A metal upper inner hinge 385 that protrudes forward is fixed to the upper left corner of the reinforcing sheet metal 50B, and a vertically oriented axle pin 386 that can be inserted into a bearing hole 461 of the gaming machine frame 3 protrudes upward from the front end upper surface of the upper inner hinge 385. A metal lower inner hinge 387 that protrudes forward is fixed to the lower left corner of the reinforcing sheet metal 50B, and a bearing hole 388 is formed at the front end of the lower inner hinge 387 into which the axle pin 459 of the gaming machine frame 3 can be inserted.

Attached to the back of the reinforcing sheet metal 50B are left and right locking members 352 for locking the upper part of the glass window 50W covering the openings 351A and 351B, an upper frame security sheet metal 373 extending in the left and right direction to support the lower part of the glass window 50W, a connecting lock unit 490 having a cylinder lock 491 on the front side, and lower frame security sheet metals 372A and 372B extending in the left and right direction along the lower edge. The lower frame security sheet metal 372A is formed with locking pieces 372a and 372b that can lock with the locking claws 472a and 472b of the gaming machine frame 3, and a rearward bent piece 372d. The lower frame security sheet metal 372B is formed with a locking piece 372c that can lock with the locking claws 472c of the gaming machine frame 3. A bent piece 367 that is bent backward extends in the left-right direction on the lower side of the reinforcing sheet metal 50B. In addition, a synthetic resin guided member 441 that can slide against the upper surface of the slider member 431 of the gaming machine frame 3 is fixed to the lower right side of the back surface.

A discharge port 350 is formed on the lower left side of the base door frame 50A, which is connected to the upper inclined side of the ball supply tray 61. In addition, at the position corresponding to the ball launching device 500 in the lower part of the base door frame 50A and the reinforcing sheet metal 50B, a ball supply port 360a that is connected to the lower inclined side of the ball supply tray 61, a ball removal port 360b that is connected to the ball discharge port 302 (see FIG. 28) formed on the underside of the lower unit 300, a shutter opening switch 362 for opening the shutter member 361 that can open and close the ball supply port 360a, and a lever insertion hole 366 for engaging the ball removal lever 545 with the shutter member 365 that can open and close the ball removal port 360b are mainly formed. The shutter member 365 slides in conjunction with the pressing of the ball removal button 305 (see FIG. 33) located on the lower inclined side of the ball supply tray 61 of the lower unit 300 to open the ball removal opening 360b, and also operates the ball removal lever 545 of the ball launcher 500 to guide the game balls waiting in the waiting passage (not shown) to the outlet 550b.

As shown in Fig. 35, when the opening and closing door frame 50 rotates to open the front of the game machine frame 3, the communication port 240 of the game machine frame 3 and the payout port 350 of the opening and closing door frame 50 are separated, so that the shutter device 241 changes from an open state to a closed state to prevent game balls from falling from the communication port 240 (see Fig. 49). Also, the inlet 550a of the ball launching device 500 of the game machine frame 3 and the ball supply port 360a of the opening and closing door frame 50 are separated, and the shutter opening shaft 540 of the game machine frame 3 and the shutter opening switch 362 of the opening and closing door frame 50 are separated, so that the shutter member 361 changes from an open state to a closed state to prevent game balls in the ball supply tray 61 from falling from the ball supply port 360a (see Fig. 54). Additionally, the outlet 550b of the ball launcher 500 of the gaming machine frame 3 and the ball ejection port 360b of the opening and closing door frame 50 are separated, and the shutter member 365 of the gaming machine frame 3 and the ball ejection lever 545 of the opening and closing door frame 50 are separated (see FIG. 50).

On the other hand, when the front of the game machine frame 3 is closed by the opening and closing door frame 50, the communication port 240 of the game machine frame 3 and the payout port 350 of the opening and closing door frame 50 communicate with each other, and the shutter device 241 changes from a closed state to an open state, allowing game balls to flow out from the communication port 240 and the payout port 350 to the ball supply tray 61. Also, the inlet 550a of the ball launching device 500 of the game machine frame 3 and the ball supply port 360a of the opening and closing door frame 50 communicate with each other, and the shutter opening shaft 540 of the game machine frame 3 presses the shutter opening switch 362 of the opening and closing door frame 50, causing the shutter member 361 to change from a closed state to an open state, and the game balls in the ball supply tray 61 pass through the ball supply port 360a and the inlet 550a and are supplied to a waiting passage (not shown) in the ball launching device 500. In addition, the outlet 550b of the ball launching device 500 of the gaming machine frame 3 communicates with the ball ejection port 360b of the opening and closing door frame 50, and the ball ejection lever 545 of the opening and closing door frame 50 is inserted into the lever insertion hole 366 of the gaming machine frame 3 and engaged with the shutter member 365. Therefore, when the ball ejection button 305 (see FIG. 33) is pressed, the shutter member 365 and the ball ejection lever 545 work together, and the gaming balls in the ball launching device 500 are guided to the outlet 550b and the ball ejection port 360b and ejected from the ball discharge port 302.

(Pivot shaft structure)
Next, the structure of the rotation shaft of the game machine frame 3 and the opening and closing door frame 50 will be described with reference to Figures 36 and 37. In Figure 37 and subsequent figures, white arrows indicate the direction in which force mainly acts.

As shown in Figures 36 and 37, the axle pin 456 at the upper left corner of the gaming machine frame 3 is inserted into the bearing groove 452 of the outer frame 70, and the axle pin 454 of the outer frame 70 is inserted into the bearing hole 458 at the lower left corner, so that the gaming machine frame 3 is rotatably supported by the outer frame 70 around the left side of the outer frame 70 between a closed position (see Figure 45) that closes the opening of the outer frame 70 and an open position (see Figure 48) that opens the opening of the outer frame 70.

The pivot axis T1, which is made up of the axle pin 456 (upper pivot axis) of the game machine frame 3 and the bearing groove 452 (upper bearing) of the outer frame 70, the bearing hole 458 (lower bearing) of the game machine frame 3 and the axle pin 454 (lower pivot axis) of the outer frame 70, faces vertically when viewed from the side (see FIG. 36), but when viewed from the front, the lower bearing hole 458 and axle pin 454 are located to the right of the upper axle pin 456 and bearing groove 452, so that the pivot axis T1 is tilted upward and to the left (see FIG. 37(A)). The design angle of inclination of the pivot axis T1 is preferably within the range of approximately 1 to 5 degrees, but in FIG. 37, the structure and positional relationship of each part are shown in schematic form, and the pivot axis T1 is also highlighted at an angle greater than the design angle.

As shown in FIG. 37(A), the gaming machine frame 3 is supported in a cantilevered state around the pivot axis T1 near the left side, so that a force (see white arrow in the figure) acts to tilt it clockwise in front view around the lower bearing hole 458 and axle pin 454, and a load is applied to the upper axle pin 456 and bearing groove 452. As a result of repeated rotation (opening and closing), the upper axle pin 456 and bearing groove 452 wear down due to friction, and the play increases, which may cause the gaming machine frame 3 to rattle. Here, the upper axle pin 456 and bearing groove 452 are positioned to the left of the lower bearing hole 458 and axle pin 454, so that the load on the upper axle pin 456 and bearing groove 452 is reduced compared to when they are positioned directly above the lower bearing hole 458 and axle pin 454.

On the other hand, as shown in Figures 36 and 37, the opening and closing door frame 50 is supported on the gaming machine frame 3 so that it can rotate around the left side of the frame 3 between a closed position (see Figure 41) that closes the opening of the gaming machine frame 3 and an open position (see Figure 44) that opens the opening of the gaming machine frame 3, with the pivot pin 386 at the upper left corner inserted into the bearing hole 461 of the gaming machine frame 3 and the pivot pin 459 of the gaming machine frame 3 inserted into the bearing hole 388 at the lower left corner.

The pivot axis T2, which is made up of the pivot pin 386 (upper pivot axis) of the door frame 50 and the bearing hole 461 (upper bearing) of the game machine frame 3, and the bearing hole 388 (lower bearing) of the door frame 50 and the pivot pin 459 (lower pivot axis) of the outer frame 70, faces vertically in front and side views (see Figures 36 and 37).

(Regarding sagging of each door frame)
Next, the sagging of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the game machine frame 3 will be explained with reference to Figures 38 to 40.

As shown in Figures 38(A) to (C), for example, when an opening/closing door frame 50Z that is lightweight, highly rigid, and hardly deforms is supported in a cantilevered manner on the gaming machine frame 3Z around a vertical pivot axis T2 provided along the left side edge so that it can be opened and closed, in the closed state, the right side opposite the pivot axis T2 is supported on the gaming machine frame 3Z, and in the open state, although the right side opposite the pivot axis T2 is not supported at all as in the closed state, it pivots in an approximately horizontal direction, so that the upper and lower sides of the opening/closing door frame 50Z are maintained approximately horizontal in both the closed and open states.

On the other hand, the opening and closing door frame 50 of this embodiment is equipped with a lower unit 300, an upper unit 310, a left side unit 320, a lever unit 330, and a three-dimensional decoration unit 400, and many of these units are three-dimensionally formed so as to protrude significantly forward, and various electric parts are provided inside, so that the weight is increased compared to the conventional one. In particular, a large and heavy three-dimensional decoration unit 400 (not shown in FIG. 39) is provided on the upper right side opposite the rotation axis T2 so as to protrude upward toward the front, so that the center of gravity of the opening and closing door frame 50 is located to the right of the center. Therefore, the moment of force when opening and closing the opening and closing door frame 50 becomes large, and momentum is gained when changing from the second open state to the closed state, so that the impact is likely to become large when the rotation is restricted at the closed position.

In the closed state, the right side opposite the pivot axis T2 is supported by the gaming machine frame 3, but in the open state, the right side opposite the pivot axis T2 is not supported by the gaming machine frame 3 as in the closed state, and as shown in Figures 39 (A1) to (A3), the right side sinks lower (vertically) than the left side, mainly due to the load of the three-dimensional decorative unit 400, and deformation that results in a roughly parallelogram shape when viewed from the front tends to occur. Also, because the center of gravity G of the three-dimensional decorative unit 400 is located in front of the opening and closing door frame 50 (see Figures 25 and 26), deformation that causes the upper right corner of the opening and closing door frame 50 to bend forward tends to occur.

In addition, the shaft (shaft pin 386, shaft pin 459) and bearing hole (bearing hole 461, bearing hole 388) of the rotating shaft T2 are inserted into the bearing hole with so-called "play" in the shaft. In other words, the inner diameter of the bearing hole is larger than the outer diameter of the shaft. Repeated opening and closing can cause the shaft and bearing hole of the rotating shaft T2 to wear down due to friction, increasing the "play", or the screw members that secure the shaft and bearing hole can loosen, causing the rotating shaft T2 to tilt to the right as shown in Figures 39 (B1) to (B3). The following factors 1 to 4 are thought to be the causes of this tilt of the rotating shaft T2.

<Cause 1> The three-dimensional decoration unit 400 attached to the opening and closing door frame 50 protrudes upwards significantly, and is so large that it makes it difficult to see the information display terminal (not shown) installed at the top of the game island. As a result, the upper part of the right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 is extremely heavier than the left side, so load accumulates on the rotation axis T2, which causes the rotation axis T2 to tilt. Furthermore, as mentioned above, when the information display terminal of the game island is hidden by the three-dimensional decoration unit 400, the current number of spins and number of jackpots displayed on the information display terminal can be displayed on the image display device 5.

<Cause 2> The pachinko game machine 1 is equipped with a movable body 32 that falls vertically downwards under its own weight. The movable body 32 operates at a variety of times (for example, when a strong reach develops or when a promotion performance occurs) in addition to the timing at which the reach is decided (the timing of winning or losing, see FIG. 21 (A21)), and at other times such as chance up (see FIG. 20 (A13)). The number of times it operates is considerable each day. As a result, the impact of repeated falls causes a load to accumulate on the rotation axis T2, which causes the rotation axis T2 to tilt. Incidentally, the movable body 32 is provided in the game machine frame 3, but the opening and closing door frame 50 that closes the game machine frame 3 also exerts a force in the vertical direction, causing a load to accumulate.

<Cause 3> When Player Y leaves his/her seat during play to go to the bathroom or stands up to finish playing and leave, he/she may place his/her hands on the top of the door frame 50 when standing up. At this time, an external force is applied downward to the door frame 50, accumulating load on the pivot axis T2 and causing the pivot axis T2 to tilt.

<Factor 4> In this embodiment, when the look-ahead mode is selected on the presentation mode setting screen shown in FIG. 19(D), if a variable display with high expectations is about to begin, the player will be notified in advance. In other words, when no such notification is made, the expectations are low, and the player's interest in the game will decrease further. In addition, when the reserved number notification setting is changed to ON on the reserved number notification setting screen shown in FIG. 19(E), the player is notified that the reserved memory number has reached three by the vibration of the operating lever 31A, so that the player can recognize that the reserved memory number has reached three by the vibration of the operating lever 31A and stop shooting the ball, without having to visually check the reserved memory number displayed on the image display device 5 or the like.

In this way, the performance control CPU 120, which can select the look-ahead mode on the performance mode setting screen and can change the reserved memory number notification setting to ON on the reserved memory number notification setting screen, constitutes a performance customization means that can customize the performance.

When these functions are set, even if the player does not constantly pay close attention to the effects and the number of reserved memories on the image display device 5, they will not miss highly anticipated effects or continue to waste balls after the number of reserved memories is full, and this significantly reduces the player's interest in the effects and reserved memory displays. This is one of the reasons why there is an increase in players who play while holding the ball control handle with one hand to operate the ball while looking at and operating the mobile terminal with the other hand, a so-called "multitasking" game.

In particular, as shown in FIG. 40, player Y who plays this "multitasking" game often leans on the gaming machine with one elbow on a predetermined position (for example, other protrusions such as the hand rest unit 301 or lever unit 330) such as the ball supply tray 61, while operating the ball operation handle 30R with one hand, and looks at the mobile device rather than the playing areas 2L, 2R in a comfortable position. Therefore, when player Y applies his/her weight to the ball supply tray 61, a load accumulates on the rotation axis T2, which causes the rotation axis T2 to tilt. In addition, when player Y operates the push button 31B as if hitting it, or pushes and pulls the operation lever 31A back and forth in response to the so-called operation promotion performance, a load accumulates on the rotation axis T2.

In this embodiment, the "sagging" of the opening and closing door frame 50 refers to deformation due to sinking or bending of the opening and closing door frame 50 shown in Figures 39 (A1) to (A3) and positional deviation due to tilting of the rotation axis T2 of the opening and closing door frame 50 shown in Figures 39 (B1) to (B3).

Note that the above mainly describes the sagging of the opening and closing door frame 50, but the opening and closing door frame 50 may also be locked and integrated into the gaming machine frame 3, and so sagging occurs due to the accumulation of load on the pivot axis T1 for similar reasons such as factors 1 to 4 above. Note that the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 differ in weight, plate thickness, structure, etc., so the degree of sagging does not have to be the same.

In addition, in the closed state, the upper wall, left and right side walls, and lower wall of the opening and closing door frame 50 are arranged along the upper wall, left and right side walls, and lower wall of the gaming machine frame 3, respectively, and particularly near the bottom surface of the lower wall, the bottom part (door frame specific part) near the bottom surface of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the bottom part (inner frame specific part) of the gaming machine frame 3 are arranged to be overlapped vertically, and the bottom part (inner frame specific part) near the bottom surface of the gaming machine frame 3 and the bottom part (outer frame specific part) of the outer frame are arranged to be overlapped vertically.

The components provided on the back side of the opening/closing door frame 50 and the components provided on the front side of the gaming machine frame 3 include components that are connected in the closed state to allow the ball passages of both to communicate, and components that are close to each other so that they can be linked together. Such components include a specific interior entry component provided on one of the back side of the opening/closing door frame 50 or the front side of the gaming machine frame 3, and an entered component provided on the other, and when the opening/closing door frame 50 is closed, the specific interior entry component enters the entered component, causing the specific interior entry component and the entered component to overlap in the vertical direction.

Therefore, if sagging occurs when the door is changed to the first open state, the bottom parts of the door frame 50 and the bottom parts of the game machine frame 3 may rub against each other and wear out when the door is opened and closed, and deformation due to the sagging may cause stress on each part and component, resulting in damage. In addition, when returning the door to the closed state, the right side of the sagging door frame 50 must be lifted upward to close the door, which is time-consuming and may cause the specific internal entry part to get caught on the entered part when lifting it, resulting in damage.

Factors 1 to 3, excluding factor 4, can be predicted to some extent during the design and manufacturing stages of the pachinko gaming machine 1, so a sagging suppression means is provided to suppress sagging on the assumption that such sagging will occur in the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3.

Specifically, a reinforcing metal plate 50B is integrally provided on the back surface of the base door frame 50A of the opening/closing door frame 50 to prevent deformation such as sinking or bending of the opening/closing door frame 50. In other words, the reinforcing metal plate 50B constitutes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging caused by deformation such as sinking or bending of the opening/closing door frame 50.

In addition, by positioning the lower bearing hole 458 and axle pin 454 to the right of the upper axle pin 456 and bearing groove 452, the load on the upper axle pin 456 and bearing groove 452 is reduced, and tilting of the pivot axis T2 is prevented. In other words, the configuration in which the lower bearing hole 458 and axle pin 454 are positioned to the right of the upper axle pin 456 and bearing groove 452 constitutes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging of the opening and closing door frame 50 due to tilting of the pivot axis T2.

However, even if measures such as sagging prevention means are taken, it is difficult to predict the occurrence of sagging due to factor 4 at the design and manufacturing stages of the pachinko gaming machine 1, so as explained below, the machine is configured so that the specific internal ingress parts and ingressed parts will not be damaged by contact even if sagging occurs.

(Opening and closing manner of the door frame)
Next, the opening and closing manner of the opening and closing door frame 50 will be described with reference to the conceptual diagrams shown in Figures 41 to 44. In Figures 41 to 44, the white arrows indicate the hanging direction.

As shown in Fig. 41 (A1) to (A3), in the closed state of the pachinko game machine 1, the opening and closing door frame 50 is located in a closed position that closes the front of the game machine frame 3. In this closed state, a guided member 441 made of synthetic resin provided on the lower right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 is supported by a slider member 431 fixed to the lower right position of the game machine frame 3. In detail, as shown in Fig. 41 (A4), the slider member 431 is formed by bending a metal plate extending in the vertical direction into a roughly crank shape in a side view, and has an inclined surface 431a that gradually inclines upward from the front to the rear. The inclined surface 431a is capable of slidingly contacting the guided member 441 of the opening and closing door frame 50, and constitutes a closing guide portion that slides and guides the guided member 441 so that the lower right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 gradually rises toward the closed position when the opening and closing door frame 50 is closed from the second open state or the first open state.

In addition, in the closed state, the guided member 441 is placed on the upper inclined side of the inclined surface 431a (see FIG. 41 (A4)), which prevents the right edge of the opening and closing door frame 50 from sagging, so that the upper and lower edges are positioned approximately horizontally so as to match the upper and lower edges of the gaming machine frame 3.

When the pachinko gaming machine 1 is in the closed state, a specific key (not shown) owned by the gaming parlor is inserted into the keyhole 60 (see FIG. 1) and rotated in a first direction (e.g., leftward) to perform an unlocking operation, which changes the state to the first open state as shown in FIG. 42 (B1) to (B3). In the first open state immediately after the unlocking operation, the opening angle of the opening and closing door frame 50 is about 2 degrees. Here, the guided member 441 moves forward of the inclined surface 431a compared to when it was in the closed state, and the position that guides (supports) the guided member 441 is slightly lowered (see FIG. 42 (B4)), causing the right edge of the opening and closing door frame 50 to sag slightly, but the inclined surface 431a continues to guide the guided member 441.

Next, as shown in Figures 43 (C1) to (C3), when the opening angle of the opening/closing door frame 50 becomes approximately 5 degrees, the guided member 441 moves further forward of the inclined surface 431a, causing the position for guiding the guided member 441 to drop slightly (see Figure 43 (C4)), causing the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 to sag even more, but the inclined surface 431a continues to guide the guided member 441.

Furthermore, as shown in Figures 44 (D1) to (D3), when the opening angle of the opening/closing door frame 50 is approximately 6 degrees or more (e.g., approximately 90 degrees) and the second open state is reached, the guided member 441 slides off the inclined surface 431a and is no longer guided, causing the guided member 441 to drop significantly (see Figure 44 (D4)), causing the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 to sag even more.

In this way, when the door frame 50 is in the closed state, the guided member 441 is supported on the upper side of the inclined surface 431a, preventing it from sagging. When the unlocking operation is performed in the closed state to change to the first open state, the guided member 441 is supported on the inclined surface 431a, but moves to the lower side of the inclination, causing it to sag slightly. When the door frame 50 is further changed to the second open state, the guided member 441 slides down from the inclined surface 431a, causing it to sag even more.

When the sagging is large, such as in the second open state, the opening and closing door frame 50 needs to be closed by lifting the lower right side upwards when returning it to the closed position. However, the opening and closing door frame 50 can be easily guided toward the closed position by sliding the guided member 441 on the lower right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 rearward on the inclined surface 431a.

(Opening and closing manner of the frame for the gaming machine)
Next, the opening and closing modes of the game machine frame 3 will be described with reference to the conceptual diagrams shown in Figures 45 to 48. In Figures 45 to 48, the white arrows indicate the hanging direction.

As shown in Fig. 45 (A1) to (A3), in the closed state of the pachinko game machine 1, the game machine frame 3, whose front side is closed by the opening and closing door frame 50, is located in a closed position that closes the opening of the outer frame 70. In this closed state, a guided member 421 made of synthetic resin provided on the lower right side of the game machine frame 3 is supported by a slider member 411 fixed to the lower right position of the outer frame 70. In detail, as shown in Fig. 45 (A4), the slider member 411 is formed of a metal plate extending in the front-rear direction and has an inclined surface 411a that gradually inclines upward from the front to the rear. The guided member 421 of the game machine frame 3 can slide against the inclined surface 411a, and constitutes a closing guide portion that slides and guides the guided member 421 so that the lower right side of the game machine frame 3 gradually rises toward the closed position when the game machine frame 3 changes from the fourth open state or the third open state to the closed state.

In addition, the front-to-rear dimension of the inclined surface 411a of the slider member 411 of the outer frame 70 is longer than the front-to-rear dimension of the inclined surface 431a of the slider member 431 of the gaming machine frame 3, so the length over which the guided member 421 is guided by the slider member 411 in the third open state is longer than the length over which the guided member 441 is guided by the slider member 431 in the first open state.

In addition, in the closed state, the guided member 421 is placed on the upper inclined side of the inclined surface 411a (see FIG. 45 (A4)), which prevents the right edge of the gaming machine frame 3 from sagging, so that the upper and lower edges are positioned approximately horizontally to match the upper and lower edges of the outer frame 70.

When the pachinko gaming machine 1 is in the closed state, a specific key (not shown) owned by the gaming parlor is inserted into the keyhole 60 (see FIG. 1) and rotated in the second direction (e.g., to the right) to perform the unlocking operation, which changes the state to the third open state as shown in FIG. 46 (B1) to (B3). In the third open state immediately after the unlocking operation, the opening angle of the gaming machine frame 3 is about 2 degrees. Here, the guided member 421 moves forward of the inclined surface 411a compared to when it was in the closed state, and the position for guiding the guided member 441 is slightly lowered (see FIG. 46 (B4)), so that the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 sags slightly, but the inclined surface 411a continues to guide the guided member 421.

Next, as shown in Figures 47 (C1) to (C3), when the opening angle of the gaming machine frame 3 becomes approximately 10 degrees, the guided member 421 moves further forward of the inclined surface 411a, and the position for guiding the guided member 421 drops further (see Figure 47 (C4)), causing the right edge of the gaming machine frame 3 to sag even more, but the inclined surface 411a continues to guide the guided member 421.

Furthermore, as shown in Figures 48 (D1) to (D3), when the opening angle of the gaming machine frame 3 reaches the fourth open state of approximately 11 degrees or more (for example, approximately 90 degrees), the guided member 421 slides off the inclined surface 411a and is no longer guided, causing the guided member 421 to drop significantly (see Figure 48 (D4)), causing the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 to sag even more.

In this way, when the gaming machine frame 3 is in the closed state, the guided member 421 is supported on the upper side of the inclined surface 411a, preventing it from sagging. When an unlocking operation is performed in the closed state to change to the third open state, the guided member 421 is supported on the inclined surface 411a, but moves to the lower side of the inclination, causing it to sag slightly. When it further changes to the fourth open state, the guided member 421 slides down from the inclined surface 411a, causing it to sag even more.

When the frame 3 for the gaming machine is in a state where it sags a lot, such as the fourth open state, it is necessary to close the frame 3 for the gaming machine by lifting the lower right side upwards when returning the frame 3 for the gaming machine to the closed position. However, the guided member 421 on the lower right side of the frame 3 for the gaming machine can be slid rearward on the inclined surface 411a, so that the frame 3 for the gaming machine can be easily guided toward the closed position.

(Anti-sagging measures)
Next, specific examples of structures that take measures to prevent sagging of the opening/closing door frame 50 and the game machine frame 3 will be described with reference to Figures 49 to 64.

(Anti-sagging measures [opening and closing door frames])
First, a specific example of a structure for dealing with sagging caused when the opening and closing door frame 50 is opened will be described with reference to Figs.

(Payment passage)
The structures of the connecting passage portion 354 (specific interior entry part) and the cover members 242A, 242B (entered parts) in the dispensing passage 205A will be described with reference to Figures 35 and 49 (A1) to (A3).

As shown in Figures 35 and 49 (A1), a rectangular cylindrical connection passage 354 is provided on the rear side of the payout opening 350 formed on the left side of the opening/closing door frame 50 so as to surround the periphery of the payout opening 350 and protrude toward the rear. On the other hand, cover members 242A and 242B are provided above and below the communication opening 240 on the front side of the gaming machine frame 3.

The connecting passage 354 is configured to be able to enter between the upper and lower cover members 242A, 242B, so that when the opening/closing door frame 50 is in the closed position, the connecting passage 354 enters the receiving portion between the upper cover member 242A and the lower cover member 242B, and the rear end opening of the connecting passage 354 is connected to the communication port 240. This connects the payout passage 205A and the payout outlet 350, and game balls that have flowed down the payout passage 205A are paid out from the payout outlet 350 to the ball supply tray 61.

When the connection passage 354 as a specific internal entry part enters the entry part formed between the cover members 242A and 242B as the entered parts, the connection passage 354 and the cover members 242A and 242B are overlapped in the vertical direction. Since the vertical dimension L20 from the upper wall to the lower wall of the connection passage 354 is shorter than the vertical dimension L21 between the cover members 242A and 242B (L20<L21), in the closed state shown in FIG. 49 (A1), a gap S1 is formed between the connection passage 354 and the cover member 242A and between the connection passage 354 and the cover member 242B.

Next, when the opening/closing door frame 50 is unlocked to the first open state, the connection passage portion 354 moves forward, causing the rear end of the connection passage portion 354 to move away from the communication opening 240, and the shutter plate 241a of the shutter device 241 moves in tandem to rise toward the closed position to close the communication opening 240.

In more detail, as shown in FIG. 49 (A2), when the opening angle becomes approximately 2 degrees, the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks downward, causing the connection passage 354 to descend and approach the lower cover member 242B but not come into contact. Also, the upper right corner of the opening/closing door frame 50 deforms or tilts so as to bend forward, causing the rear end side of the connection passage 354 to rise and approach the upper cover member 242A but not come into contact.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 49 (A3), when the opening angle becomes approximately 5 degrees, the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks downward more, and the connection passage 354 descends further and approaches the lower cover member 242B, but does not come into contact. Also, the upper right corner of the opening/closing door frame 50 deforms or tilts so as to bend forward, causing the rear end side of the connection passage 354 to rise, but it moves away from the upper cover member 242A by the amount of descent, so there is no contact.

When the second open state is reached, the right edge of the door frame 50 sinks further downward, and the connection passage 354 descends to a position below the upper end of the lower cover member 242B. However, when the opening angle reaches a predetermined angle (e.g., about 8 degrees) or more, the connection passage 354 (see the two-dot chain line in Figure 49 (A3)) moves forward of the upper and lower cover members 242A, 242B, changing from an overlapping state to a non-overlapping state, so that the connection passage 354 does not come into contact with the upper and lower cover members 242A, 242B.

(Ball removal passage)
Next, the structure of the ball removal lever 545 (a specific internal entry part) and the lever insertion hole 366 (entered part) in the ball removal passage for the launched ball will be explained based on Figures 35 and 50 (A1) to (A3).

As shown in Figures 35 and 50 (A1), a lever insertion hole 366 is formed in the reinforcing metal plate 50B of the opening and closing door frame 50. On the other hand, a ball ejection lever 545 that can slide left and right protrudes forward from the front of the ball launching device 500 fixed to the front side of the gaming machine frame 3.

The ball removal lever 545 is configured to be able to enter the lever insertion hole 366, so that when the opening/closing door frame 50 is in the closed position, the ball removal lever 545 enters the lever insertion hole 366 (entered portion) and is linked to the shutter member 365 provided in the lever insertion hole 366. As a result, the shutter member 365 slides in conjunction with the pressing of the ball removal button 305 (see FIG. 33), opening the ball removal opening 360b (see FIG. 35), and the ball removal lever 545 linked to the shutter member 365 is linked to guide the game balls waiting in the waiting passage (not shown) in the ball launching device 500 to the outlet 550b (see FIG. 35).

When the ball removal lever 545, which is a specific internal entry part, enters the entry part consisting of the lever insertion hole 366, which is the entered part, the ball removal lever 545 and the lever insertion hole 366 are in an overlapping state in which they are overlapped in the vertical direction. Since the vertical dimension L22 from the top to the bottom of the ball removal lever 545 is shorter than the vertical dimension L23 of the lever insertion hole 366 (L22<L23), in the closed state shown in FIG. 50 (A1), a gap S2 is formed between the top surface of the ball removal lever 545 and the upper edge of the lever insertion hole 366, and between the bottom surface of the ball removal lever 545 and the lower edge of the lever insertion hole 366.

Next, when the opening/closing door frame 50 is unlocked to the first open state, the lever insertion hole 366 moves forward, and the lever insertion hole 366 moves toward the tip of the ball removal lever 545. In more detail, as shown in FIG. 50 (A2), when the opening angle is approximately 2 degrees, the right side of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks downward, causing the lever insertion hole 366 to descend and its upper edge to approach the top surface of the ball removal lever 545 but not come into contact. In addition, the upper right corner of the opening/closing door frame 50 deforms or tilts so as to bend forward, causing the lever insertion hole 366 to tilt and its upper and lower edges to approach the ball removal lever 545 but do not come into contact.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 50 (A3), when the opening angle becomes approximately 5 degrees, the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks downward more significantly, and the lever insertion hole 366 descends further, so that the upper edge approaches the ball removal lever 545 more closely, but does not come into contact.

When the second open state is reached, the right edge of the opening and closing door frame 50 sinks downward even more, and the upper edge of the lever insertion hole 366 drops to a position lower than the top surface of the ball removal lever 545. However, when the opening angle reaches a predetermined angle (e.g., approximately 8 degrees) or more, the lever insertion hole 366 (see the two-dot dashed line portion in Figure 50 (A3)) moves forward of the ball removal lever 545, changing from an overlapping state to a non-overlapping state, so that the lever insertion hole 366 and the ball removal lever 545 do not come into contact.

(Opening and closing door frame bottom parts)
Next, the relationship between the bent piece 367 (specific internal entry part/door frame specified part) as a bottom part provided near the bottom surface of the opening/closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3, and the recess 380F (entered part/inner frame specified part) will be explained based on Figures 35 and 51 to 53.

As shown in Figures 35 and 51 (A1), a bent piece 367 bent backward extends in the left-right direction on the lower edge of the reinforcing metal plate 50B of the door frame 50. On the other hand, a recess 380F that is roughly U-shaped in vertical cross section and opens forward is provided on the lower edge of the gaming machine frame 3, extending in the left-right direction. The bent piece 367 is configured to be able to enter the recess 380F, so that it enters the recess 380F when the door frame 50 is in the closed position and in the closed state.

In this way, when the metal bent piece 367 as a specific internal entry part enters the recess 380F as the entered part, the bent piece 367 (the designated door frame part) and the upper and lower walls (the designated inner frame parts) of the recess 380F overlap in the vertical direction, making it difficult for foreign objects such as wire to enter the gap formed between the lower edge of the gaming machine frame 3 and the opening and closing door frame 50, thereby preventing fraudulent acts against various devices using entered foreign objects.

The vertical dimension L24 from the top to bottom of the bent piece 367 is shorter than the vertical dimension L23 between the top and bottom walls of the recess 380F (L24<L25), so in the closed state shown in FIG. 51 (A1), gaps S3 are formed between the top surface of the bent piece 367 and the top wall of the recess 380F and between the bottom surface of the bent piece 367 and the bottom wall of the recess 380F. Also, gaps S4 are formed between the bent piece 372d of the under-frame security metal plate 372A and the top wall of the recess 380F.

Next, when the opening/closing door frame 50 is unlocked to the first open state, the bent piece 367 moves forward, and the bent piece 367 moves toward the tip of the recess 380F. In more detail, as shown in FIG. 51 (A2), when the opening angle is about 2 degrees, the right side of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks downward, and the bent piece 367 descends and approaches the bottom wall of the recess 380F, but does not make contact. Also, the upper right corner of the opening/closing door frame 50 deforms or tilts so as to bend forward, and the bent piece 367 tilts, and the rear end approaches the top wall of the recess 380F, but does not make contact.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 51 (A3), when the opening angle becomes approximately 5 degrees, the right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 sinks downward more, and the bent piece 367 descends further and approaches the bottom wall of the recess 380F, but does not come into contact. Note that in FIG. 51 (A2) and (A3), the bent piece 372d of the frame-under security metal plate 372A also descends, but does not come into contact with the top wall of the recess 380F.

When the second open state is reached, the right edge of the door frame 50 sinks further downward, and the bent piece 367 descends to a position below the bottom wall of the recess 380F. However, when the opening angle reaches a predetermined angle (e.g., about 8 degrees) or more, the bent piece 367 (see the two-dot chain line in Figure 51 (A3)) moves forward of the recess 380F, changing from an overlapping state to a non-overlapping state, so that the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F do not come into contact.

As shown in Figures 52 (B1) and 53 (C1), the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F extend in the left-right direction along the bottom edges of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3, so that in the closed state, the bent piece 367 is positioned in a non-contact state between the upper and lower walls of the recess 380F, and is in an overlapping state in which it overlaps in the up-down direction across the left-right direction.

As shown in Figures 52 (B2) and 53 (C2), when the opening angle changes to the first open state of approximately 2 to 5 degrees, the folded piece 367 and the recess 380F maintain an overlapping state in which almost the entire area overlaps in the vertical direction in the left-right direction, and although the folding piece 367 gradually tilts downward from the pivot axis T2 to the right due to the right edge of the opening and closing door frame 50 sinking, the folding piece 367 does not come into contact with the bottom wall of the recess 380F.

Next, as shown in FIG. 52 (B3) and FIG. 53 (C3), when the opening angle changes to the second open state of about 20 degrees, the right side of the bent piece 367 drops forward and downward from the bottom wall of the recess 380F, so that the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F change to a non-overlapping state over a wide range in the left-right direction, while the overlapping state continues near the left end E1 near the pivot axis T2. However, near the left end E1, the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F do not come into contact with each other even in the overlapping state.

In this embodiment, when changing from the closed state to the second open state, the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F change to a non-overlapping state near the right end far from the rotation axis T2 before the left end E1 near the rotation axis T2, and then the left end E1 changes to a non-contact state. While the embodiment shows an example in which the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F do not come into contact with each other near the left end E1 during the change from the closed state to the second open state, the present invention is not limited to this. As long as at least a portion of the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F in the left-right direction (e.g., the right end side) do not come into contact with each other when they are in the overlapping state, other overlapping portions may be in contact.

(Launch Ball Passage)
Next, the structure of the shutter opening switch 362 (switch) and the shutter opening shaft 540 (special part) in the shooting ball passage will be described with reference to Figure 35 and Figures 54 (A1) to (A3).

As shown in Figures 35 and 54 (A1), a shutter opening switch 362 is provided so as to be depressible on the back surface of the opening/closing door frame 50. The shutter opening switch 362 is provided so as to be movable in the front-rear direction, and is mainly composed of a moving member 362a having a pressing surface 362b formed at its rear end, and a compression spring 362c capable of biasing the moving member 362a rearward. The movable member 362a is movable in the front-rear direction between a protruding position (see FIG. 54 (A1)) where the pressing surface 362b protrudes backward from the back surface of the opening/closing door frame 50 due to the biasing force of the compression spring 362c, and a retracted position (see FIG. 54 (A3)) where the pressing surface 362b retracts to the inside of the opening/closing door frame 50 against the biasing force of the compression spring 362c. When the movable member 362a is biased to the protruding position, the ball supply port 360a is closed by the shutter member 361, and when the movable member 362a retracts to the retracted position, the ball supply port 360a is opened. In other words, when the movable member 362a is pressed down a predetermined depth from the protruding position, the ball supply port 360a is opened as a specific event. On the other hand, a shutter opening shaft 540 is protruded forward from the front surface of the game machine frame 3 as a special part different from the specific internal entry part described above.

The shutter opening shaft 540 contacts and presses the pressing surface 362b of the shutter opening switch 362 while the opening/closing door frame 50 is rotating toward the closed position (first open state), and when it moves to the closed position and enters the closed state, it presses the pressing surface 362b to the retracted position to open the ball supply port 360a.

The vertical dimension L26 of the front end face of the shutter-opening shaft 540 is shorter than the vertical dimension L27 of the pressing surface 362b of the shutter-opening switch 362 (L26<L27), so in the closed state shown in FIG. 54 (A1), a contact surface SE is formed around the contact position of the pressing surface 362b with the front end face of the shutter-opening shaft 540 (see the enlarged view in the figure).

Next, when the opening/closing door frame 50 is unlocked to the first open state, the opening/closing door frame 50 moves forward, but the moving member 362a is biased from the retracted position toward the protruding position to protrude, so that the contact state with the shutter opening shaft 540 continues. In detail, as shown in FIG. 54 (A2), when the opening angle is about 2 degrees, the right side of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks downward, so that the pressing surface 362b descends and the contact position with the shutter opening shaft 540 moves to the upper contact surface SE, but the contact state between the pressing surface 362b and the shutter opening shaft 540 is not released. In addition, the upper right corner of the opening/closing door frame 50 is deformed or tilted so as to bend forward, so that the pressing surface 362b tilts, but the contact state between the pressing surface 362b and the shutter opening shaft 540 is not released.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 54 (A3), when the opening angle becomes approximately 5 degrees, the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks downward more significantly, and the pressing surface 362b descends further and the contact position with the shutter opening shaft 540 moves to the upper contact surface SE, but the contact state between the pressing surface 362b and the shutter opening shaft 540 is not released.

When the second open state is reached, the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks further downward, and the pressing surface 362b descends further to a position below the shutter-opening shaft 540. However, after the protruding movement is restricted at the protruding position, the pressing surface 362b moves further forward of the shutter-opening shaft 540 and separates from it, resulting in a non-contact state (see the two-dot chain line portion in Figure 54 (A3)).

In the closed state shown in FIG. 54 (A1), the frame-top security metal plate 373 provided on the back surface of the opening/closing door frame 50 is positioned in an overlapping state above the specified portion 510 of the gaming machine frame 3, and a gap S5 is provided between the frame-top security metal plate 373 and the specified portion 510. However, in the first open state shown in FIG. 54 (A2) and (A3), the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 sinks downward, so that even if the frame-top security metal plate 373 descends, it does not come into contact with the specified portion 510.

(Operation of each part associated with opening and closing of the door frame)
Next, the operation of each part associated with the opening and closing operation of the opening and closing door frame 50 will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 55, when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is in the closed state, the opening and closing door frame 50 does not sag because the guided member 441 is guided by the slider member 431. At time Ta1 when the opening and closing door frame 50 is unlocked and rotated toward the open position to change to the first open state, the opening and closing door frame 50 sags. Furthermore, at time Ta2 when the opening angle of the opening and closing door frame 50 reaches approximately 6 degrees or more and changes to the second open state, the guided member 441 slides off the slider member 431, changing from the guided state to the non-guided state.

In the closed state, the connection passage 354 and the cover members 242A and 242B, the ball removal lever 545 and the lever insertion hole 366, the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F are in an overlapping state in which they overlap vertically, that is, the specific internal entry part of one of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 is in an entry state in which it enters the entry part of the other, and each specific internal entry part and the entry part are in a non-contact state. The overlapping state continues from the timing Ta1 when it changes to the first open state, through the timing Ta2 when it changes to the second open state, to the timing Ta3 when the opening angle becomes a predetermined angle (for example, about 8 degrees), but the non-contact state continues even if sagging occurs. Note that when the opening angle becomes about 9 degrees or more, it becomes a non-overlapping state and the non-contact state continues.

In addition, in the closed state, the pressing surface 362b and the shutter opening shaft 540 are in contact with each other, and this contact state continues even if sagging occurs from timing Ta1 when the state changes to the first open state to timing Ta2 when the state changes to the second open state. Furthermore, when the opening angle becomes approximately 6 degrees or more, the pressing surface 362b and the shutter opening shaft 540 separate and change to a non-contact state.

Next, at time Ta4 when the opening and closing door frame 50 rotates from the second open state toward the closed position and the opening angle becomes approximately 8 degrees, the connection passage portion 354 and the cover members 242A and 242B, the ball removal lever 545 and the lever insertion hole 366, the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F change to an overlapping state (entry state) in which they overlap in the vertical direction, but even if the opening and closing door frame 50 sags, the non-contact state between each specific internal entry part and the entered portion continues.

Furthermore, at timing Ta5 when the opening angle reaches approximately 5 degrees, the guided member 441 begins to ride up onto the slider member 431 and be guided, so that in the first open state, the right edge of the opening/closing door frame 50 is gradually lifted upward, reducing the amount of sagging, and the non-contact state continues between the connection passage portion 354 and the cover members 242A, 242B, between the ball removal lever 545 and the lever insertion hole 366, and between the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F.

In addition, after the shutter opening shaft 540 contacts the upper part of the pressing surface 362b located in the protruding position, the contact position rises and approaches the center while being pushed toward the retracted position, so the contact state continues.

When the opening/closing door frame 50 is in the closed position and locked, the guided member 441 is supported by the slider member 431, eliminating the sagging, and the non-contact state between the connection passage portion 354 and the cover members 242A, 242B, the ball removal lever 545 and the lever insertion hole 366, the bent piece 367 and the recess 380F continues, while the contact state between the pressing surface 362b and the shutter opening shaft 540 continues.

In this way, the specific interior entry parts (connection passage 354, ball removal lever 545, bent piece 367) and the entered parts (cover members 242A, 242B, lever insertion hole 366, recess 380F) are in a vertically overlapping state in the closed state, but since the guided member 441 of the opening and closing door frame 50 is guided by the slider member 431 of the gaming machine frame 3, there is no sagging and they are in a non-contact state. In addition, gaps S1, S2, S3 are provided between each specific interior entry part and each entered part.

Meanwhile, in the first open state, the overlapping state between each specific interior entry part and each entered part and the guiding state of the guided part 441 by the slider member 431 continue, but the guided part 441 is guided forward and downward relative to the slider member 431, causing it to sag, and the sagging increases as the opening angle increases. However, because gaps S1, S2, and S3 are provided between each specific interior entry part and each entered part in the closed state, the non-contact state between each specific interior entry part and each entered part continues while the overlapping state between each specific interior entry part and each entered part continues in the first open state.

In other words, the gaps S1, S2, and S3 are large enough that the specific interior entry parts and the entered parts do not come into contact with each other even if sagging occurs when the guided member 441 is guided by the slider member 431, and the specific interior entry parts and the entered parts are arranged in a positional relationship such that they do not come into contact with each other even if sagging occurs. In particular, the overlapping state between the specific interior entry parts and the entered parts continues until timing Ta3 after the first open state is changed to the second open state, but while this overlapping state continues, the specific interior entry parts and the entered parts do not come into contact with each other. More specifically, for example, the gaps S1, S2, and S3 may be larger than the sinking dimension when the sinking of the right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 is maximum in the guided state in which the guided member 441 is guided by the slider member 431.

The specific interior entry part and the entered part may be provided on one of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3, and the entered part may be provided on the other. In other words, if the specific interior entry part is provided on the opening and closing door frame 50, the entered part may be provided on the gaming machine frame 3, and if the specific interior entry part is provided on the gaming machine frame 3, the entered part may be provided on the opening and closing door frame 50.

In addition, when the switch (shutter opening switch 362) and the special part (shutter opening shaft 540) are in a guiding state in which the slider member 431 of the gaming machine frame 3 guides the guided member 441 of the opening/closing door frame 50, there is no sagging, and the switch and the special part are in contact.

Meanwhile, in the first open state, the contact state between the switch and the special part and the guiding state of the guided part 441 by the slider member 431 continue, but the guided part 441 is guided forward and downward relative to the slider member 431, causing it to sag, and the sagging increases as the opening angle increases. However, because a contact surface SE is provided around the contact position between the switch and the special part, while the contact state between the switch and the special part continues in the first open state, the switch and the special part do not separate, and the contact state continues.

In other words, the contact surface SE has a size that does not release the contact state between the switch and the special part even if sagging occurs when the guided member 441 is guided by the slider member 431, and the switch and the special part are arranged in a positional relationship in which they do not separate from each other. More specifically, for example, the contact surface SE may be larger than the sinking dimension when the sinking of the right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 is at its maximum in the guiding state in which the guided member 441 is guided by the slider member 431.

The switch and special part may be provided on one of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3, and the special part may be provided on the other. In other words, if the switch is provided on the opening and closing door frame 50, the special part may be provided on the gaming machine frame 3, and if the switch is provided on the gaming machine frame 3, the special part may be provided on the opening and closing door frame 50.

In addition, the specific internal entry parts (connection passage 354, ball removal lever 545, bent piece 367) and the entered parts (cover members 242A, 242B, lever insertion hole 366, recess 380F), as well as the switch (shutter opening switch 362) and special part (shutter opening shaft 540) are not simply stacked vertically between the opening/closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 when the state is changed to the first closed state, but are stacked vertically in order to be functionally linked, and therefore are parts that are prone to contact due to sagging. Therefore, as described above, it is preferable to prevent contact at least when the guided member 441 is being guided by the slider member 431.

In addition, the connection passage portion 354, ball removal lever 545, and bent piece 367 as specific internal entry parts, and the cover members 242A, 242B, lever insertion hole 366, and recess 380F as entered parts are designed to continue to be overlapped until timing Tb3 after the first open state changes to the second open state, but they may be overlapped only when in the first open state in which the guiding state continues, and may change to a non-overlapping state when the guiding state changes to the second open state in which it is released.

In addition, it is preferable that the specific interior entry parts and entered parts, as well as the switches and special parts, are positioned closer to the pivot axis T1, T2 side than the center position in the left-right direction of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3. By doing this, the downward sinking in the event of sagging is smaller than on the side opposite the pivot axis T1, T2, so that the gaps S1, S2, S3 and contact surface SE that take sagging into consideration can be prevented from becoming large.

Furthermore, the multiple specific internal intrusion parts and intruded parts, switches, and special parts may be arranged so that parts that are less susceptible to sagging and are positioned closer to the pivot axes T1 and T2 than the center position in the left-right direction of the opening/closing door frame 50 or the gaming machine frame 3 may remain overlapped for a longer period than parts that are more susceptible to sagging and are positioned on the opposite side of the pivot axes T1 and T2.

(Measures to prevent sagging [frame for gaming machines])
Next, as a structure in which measures against sagging have been taken, a specific example of a structure for dealing with sagging that occurs when the game machine frame 3 is opened will be described with reference to Figs. 56 to 64.

(Amusement machine frame bottom parts)
The overlapping structure of the bottom wall 381 (inner frame specific part) and the upper wall 410H (outer frame specific part) as the bottom part provided near the bottom surface of the gaming machine frame 3 and the outer frame 70, whose front is closed by the opening/closing door frame 50, is described based on Figures 29 and 56.

29 and 56 (A1), in the closed state, the upper wall 410H of the speaker unit 410, which is the bottom part of the outer frame 70, and the bottom wall 381, which is the bottom part of the game machine frame 3 arranged directly above it, are superimposed in the vertical direction. In addition, a recess 380B having a substantially U-shaped vertical section that opens rearward is provided on the lower edge of the game machine frame 3, extending in the left-right direction, and a recess 420 having a substantially U-shaped vertical section that opens forward is provided on the upper edge of the speaker unit 410 of the outer frame 70, extending in the left-right direction. The lower wall 380U of the recess 380B is configured to be able to enter the recess 420, so that when the game machine frame 3 is located at the closed position and in the closed state, the lower wall 380U of the recess 380B (specific internal entry part) enters the recess 420 (entered part). In addition, the upper wall of the recess 420 (the front part of the upper wall 410H) is configured to be able to enter the recess 380B, so that when the gaming machine frame 3 is in the closed position and in the closed state, the upper wall of the recess 420 (specific internal entry part) enters the recess 380B (entered part).

In this way, when the upper wall 410H of the speaker unit 410 and the bottom wall 381 of the gaming machine frame 3 overlap in the vertical direction, and the lower wall 380U of the recess 380B as a specific internal entry part enters the recess 420 as the received part, and the upper wall 410h of the recess 420 as a specific internal entry part enters the recess 380B as the received part, the lower wall 380U and the recess 420 and the upper wall 410h and the recess 380B overlap in the vertical direction, making it difficult for a foreign object such as a wire to enter the gap formed between the lower edge parts of the gaming machine frame 3 and the outer frame 70, and thus preventing fraudulent acts against various devices using foreign objects that have entered.

In the closed state shown in FIG. 56 (A1), a gap S11 is formed between the upper wall 410H of the speaker unit 410 and the bottom wall 381 of the gaming machine frame 3. Next, when the gaming machine frame 3 is unlocked to enter the third open state, the bottom wall 381 moves forward. In more detail, as shown in FIG. 56 (A2), when the opening angle reaches approximately 2 degrees, the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 sinks downward, causing the bottom wall 381 to move down and approach the upper wall 410H, but not to contact it. Also, the upper right corner of the gaming machine frame 3 is deformed or tilted so as to bend forward, causing the bottom wall 381 to tilt and the front end to approach the upper wall 410H, but not to contact it.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 56 (A3), when the opening angle becomes approximately 10 degrees, the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 sinks downward more significantly, and the bottom wall 381 descends further and comes closer to the top wall 410H, but does not come into contact.

When the fourth open state is reached, the right edge of the gaming machine frame 3 sinks downward even more, and the bottom wall 381 descends to a position lower than the top wall 410H. However, the bottom wall 381 (see the two-dot chain line in Figure 56 (A3)) moves forward of the top wall 410H, changing from an overlapping state to a non-overlapping state, so that the bottom wall 381 and the top wall 410H do not come into contact.

Although not specifically shown, the bottom wall 381 and the top wall 410H extend in the left-right direction, so that in the closed state, the bottom wall 381 is positioned directly above the top wall 410H in a non-contact state, and is overlapped in the vertical direction across the left-right direction. Next, when the opening angle changes to a third open state of approximately 2 to 10 degrees, the overlapping state in which almost the entire area across the left-right direction is overlapped in the vertical direction is maintained, and the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 sinks, causing the bottom wall 381 to gradually tilt downward from the rotation axis T1 to the right, but does not come into contact with the top wall 410H. Next, when the opening angle changes to a fourth open state of approximately 20 degrees, the right side of the bottom wall 381 drops forward and downward relative to the top wall 410H, so that the bottom wall 381 and the top wall 410H do not overlap over a wide area in the left-right direction, while the overlapping state is maintained near the left end near the pivot axis T1. However, near this left end, the bottom wall 381 and the top wall 410H do not come into contact even in the overlapping state.

(Right rear corner of gaming machine frame)
Next, the structure of the right rear corner of the game machine frame 3, the front of which is closed by the opening and closing door frame 50, and the outer frame 70 will be described with reference to Figures 57 to 59. Note that the game board unit 2A is not shown in Figure 59.

As shown in Figures 57(A) and 58(A), a game board unit 2A having a game board 2 is inserted from the front side and fixed in an opening 471 of the game machine frame 3. Since the game board unit 2A accommodates many electrical components on the rear side of the game board 2, a cover body 220 that covers the rear side of the game board 2 is provided so as to protrude rearward from the opening 471, and protrudes rearward from the outer frame 70 in the closed state.

As shown in Figures 57(A), 58(A) and 59(A), in the closed state, the opening of the outer frame 70 is closed from the front side by the gaming machine frame 3, so that the rear surface of the gaming machine frame 3 abuts against the front end surface of the outer frame 70, but the outer surface of the gaming board unit 2A on the rear side of the gaming machine frame 3 and the inner surface of the outer frame 70 are separated from each other, and a gap S10 is provided between the inner surface of the outer frame 70 and the outer surface of the gaming board unit 2A, so that they do not come into contact when the gaming machine frame 3 is opened or closed. As described above, many electrical components, etc. are housed on the rear side of the gaming board 2, so it is preferable to make the gap S10 as small as possible.

The gaming machine frame 3 can rotate around a rotation axis T1 provided along the left side, so that the right side surface 220R of the cover body 220 forming the rear of the gaming board unit 2A is curved along an arc centered on the rotation axis T1 so as not to come into contact with the right side panel 70c of the outer frame 70 when opening and closing (see Figures 57 and 58).

As shown in Figures 58 (B) and (C), when the gaming machine frame 3 is opened to the third or fourth open state, if the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 sinks downward or the upper part of the pivot axis T1 tilts to the right due to the factors described in Figures 39 (B1) to (B3), the right side surface 220R of the cover body 220, particularly the upper part of the right rear corner 220C of the right side surface 220R, comes close to the right side panel 70c of the outer frame 70, but there is a gap S10 to prevent contact.

Also, as shown in FIG. 59(B), when the upper right corner of the front surface of the game machine frame 3 is deformed or tilted so as to bend forward, the game machine frame 3 including the game board unit 2A tilts, and the upper part of the game board unit 2A approaches the upper plate 70a of the outer frame 70 but does not come into contact with it.

(Operational aspects of each part associated with opening and closing operations of the gaming machine frame)
Next, the operation of each part involved in the opening and closing operation of the game machine frame 3 will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 60, when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is in the closed state, the guided member 421 is guided by the slider member 411, so the gaming machine frame 3 does not sag. At timing Tb1 when the gaming machine frame 3 is unlocked and rotated toward the open position to change to the third open state, the gaming machine frame 3 sags. Furthermore, at timing Tb2 when the opening angle of the gaming machine frame 3 reaches approximately 11 degrees or more and changes to the fourth open state, the guided member 421 slides off the slider member 411 to become unguided.

In the closed state, the bottom wall 381 of the gaming machine frame 3 and the upper wall 410H of the speaker unit 410 of the outer frame 70 are overlapped in the vertical direction, and after the timing Tb1 when they change to the third open state and the timing Tb2 when they change to the fourth open state, they change to a non-overlapping state from the right side to the left side on the opposite side of the rotation axis T1, but in areas where the overlapping state continues, such as the rotation axis T1 side, the non-contact state continues even if sagging occurs. Furthermore, when the opening angle reaches its maximum of approximately 90 degrees, almost the entire area in the left-right direction is non-overlapping, and the non-contact state continues.

In addition, in the closed state, the cover body 220 and the outer frame 70 of the gaming machine frame 3 are not in contact with each other, and the non-contact state continues even after the timing Tb2 when the state changes to the fourth open state has passed after sagging occurs at the timing Tb1 when the state changes to the third open state.

Next, at time Tb3 when the gaming machine frame 3 rotates from the fourth open state toward the closed position and the opening angle becomes approximately 10 degrees, the guided member 421 starts to ride up onto the slider member 411 and guide it. In the third open state, the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 is gradually lifted upward, reducing the amount of sagging. As a result, the area where the bottom wall 381 of the gaming machine frame 3 and the upper wall 410H of the speaker unit 410 of the outer frame 70 overlap in the vertical direction increases, but the non-contact state continues.

In addition, the cover body 220 and the outer frame 70 of the gaming machine frame 3 remain in a non-contact state even as the sagging decreases from the timing Tb3 when the state changes to the third open state.

When the gaming machine frame 3 is positioned in the closed position and locked, the guided member 421 is supported by the slider member 411, eliminating the sagging, and the bottom wall 381 of the gaming machine frame 3 and the upper wall 410H of the speaker unit 410 of the outer frame 70 remain in non-contact, while the cover body 220 of the gaming machine frame 3 and the outer frame 70 remain in contact.

In this way, the inner frame specific part (bottom wall 381) and the outer frame specific part (top wall 410H) as the bottom parts of the gaming machine frame 3 and the outer frame 70 are in an overlapping state in the vertical direction when closed, but since the guided member 421 of the opening and closing door frame 50 is guided by the slider member 411 of the outer frame 70, there is no sagging, and the inner frame specific part and the outer frame specific part are in a non-contact state.

Meanwhile, in the first open state, the overlapping state between the inner frame specific part and the outer frame specific part and the guiding state of the guided part 421 by the slider member 411 continue, but the guided part 421 is guided forward and downward relative to the slider member 411, causing it to sag, and the sagging increases as the opening angle increases. However, since a gap S11 is provided between the inner frame specific part and the outer frame specific part in the closed state, the inner frame specific part and the outer frame specific part remain out of contact while the overlapping state between the inner frame specific part and the outer frame specific part continues in the first open state.

In other words, the gap S11 is large enough that the inner frame specific part and the outer frame specific part do not come into contact even if sagging occurs when the guided member 421 is being guided by the slider member 411, and the inner frame specific part and the outer frame specific part are positioned in such a way that they do not come into contact with each other even if sagging occurs. More specifically, for example, the gap S11 only needs to be larger than the sinking dimension when the sinking of the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 is at its maximum in the guided state in which the guided member 421 is being guided by the slider member 411.

Furthermore, as described above, it is preferable that the inner frame specific part (bottom wall 381) and the outer frame specific part (top wall 410H) are arranged so that no contact occurs in any of the left and right areas at least when the guided member 421 is being guided by the slider member 411.

In addition, in the closed state, the corner on the depth side of the gaming machine frame 3 (the right rear corner 220C of the cover body 220) and the outer frame (the right side panel 70c of the outer frame 70) are in a non-contact state because the guided member 421 of the opening/closing door frame 50 is guided by the slider member 411 of the outer frame 70, and therefore no sagging occurs.

Meanwhile, in the first open state, the corner on the depth side remains out of contact with the outer frame, and the slider member 411 continues to guide the guided member 421, but the guided member 421 is guided forward and downward relative to the slider member 411, causing it to sag, and the sagging increases as the opening angle increases. However, because a gap S10 is provided between the corner on the depth side and the outer frame in the out-of-contact state, the corner on the depth side does not come into contact with the outer frame in the first open state.

In other words, the gap S10 is large enough that the corners on the depth side do not come into contact with the outer frame even if sagging occurs when the slider member 411 is guiding the guided member 421, and the corners on the depth side and the outer frame are positioned in such a way that they do not come into contact with each other even if sagging occurs.

The right rear corner 220C of the cover body 220, which is the corner on the depth side of the gaming machine frame 3, extends in the vertical direction, but may be only a part of the right rear corner 220C, such as the upper part in the vertical direction. Also, it may include not only the right rear corner 220C, but also at least a part of the right side surface 220R.

(Structure for preventing screw members from falling off)
Next, a structure for preventing the screw member from falling into various guide passages provided on the rear surface of the game machine frame 3 will be described with reference to FIGS.

As shown in Figures 61 to 63, screw members N1 to N2 for attaching the mounting member 223 to the metal plate 222 and screw members N11, N12, N13, and N15 for attaching the first passage forming body 203 to the mounting member 223 are attached to the ball tank forming portion 201 and its periphery on the back surface of the game machine frame 3. In addition, screw members N3 to N5 for attaching the mounting member 223 to the metal plate (not shown) and screw member N6 for attaching the board mounting frame (not shown) to the mounting member 223 are attached to the first guide passage forming portion 202 and its periphery. In addition to these screw members N1 to N6, N11, N12, N13, and N15, many other screw members (not shown) are attached.

If the screw members for attaching the ball tank forming portion 201 and the first guide passage forming portion 202 to the gaming machine frame 3, or the screw members attached inside the gaming island (not shown), come loose and fall into the ball tank forming portion 201 or the first guide passage forming portion 202, the screw members may get mixed into the payout device 200 along with the gaming balls, causing the gaming balls to be unable to be paid out normally, causing the payout device 200 to break down, or causing the screw members to be paid out to the player along with the gaming balls.

Among these screw members N1 to N6, N11, N12, N13, and N15, for example, the screw members N3, N4, and N6 are attached forward from the rear side at a position away from the first induction passage forming portion 202 and above the upper edge of the vertical wall portion 203B in the first induction passage forming portion 202, and the second protrusion 225 of the mounting member 223 is disposed between the mounting positions of the screw members N3, N4, and N6 and the first induction passage forming portion 202. As a result, there is a certain distance between the mounting positions of the screw members N3, N4, and N6 and the first guide path forming portion 202, but since the upper wall portion of the second protrusion 225 is inclined downward toward the rear side, if the screw members N3, N4, and N6 loosen and fall out backwards due to vibrations or impacts occurring in the pachinko gaming machine 1, there is a high possibility that they will move backwards on the upper wall portion of the second protrusion 225 and fall into the first guide path forming portion 202, as shown in FIG. 63.

Therefore, a first cover body 610, a second cover body 620, and a third cover body 630 are provided as cover parts so as to cover part of the upper surface of the first induction passage forming part 202. In addition, on the upper surfaces of the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630, long holes 616A-616C, grooves 626A-626C, and recesses 636 are provided extending in the longitudinal direction of the passage as predetermined limiting parts for limiting the fall of the screw members N1-N6, N11, N12, N13, and N15 that have fallen onto the cover parts into the first induction passage forming part 202.

In addition, the bottom wall of the first guide path forming section 202 is provided with multiple holes 271A to 271H as specific restriction sections for restricting the movement of the screw member that has fallen into the first guide path forming section 202 to the dispensing device 200.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 63, when the screw members N3 to N6, etc., provided at a position above the first guide passage forming portion 202 in the gaming machine frame 3, become loose and fall out due to vibrations or shocks generated in the pachinko gaming machine 1, move backward on the upper wall portion due to the vibrations or shocks or opening and closing of the gaming machine frame 3, and then fall onto the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630, the long holes 616A to 616C, the concave grooves 626A to 626C, and the concave grooves 626A to 626C are broken. 6C, the recess 636 and the ball stopper member 640 restrict the screw member from falling into the first guide path forming section 202, so that the screw member is likely to remain on the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620 and the third cover body 630 without falling from the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620 and the third cover body 630 into the first guide path forming section 202, and therefore it is possible to prevent the screw member that has fallen into the first guide path forming section 202 from moving and being mixed into the dispensing device 200. In addition, since a vertical wall portion is formed at the left (downstream) end of the long holes 616A-616C and the recessed grooves 626A-626C, even if the screw member moves to the left, it is possible to suitably prevent the screw member from falling into the first guide path forming section 202.

The upper surface of the first guide passage forming section 202, except for the uncovered area 650, is covered by the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630. However, if a game ball supplied to the ball tank forming section 201 spills over and lands on the upstream side of the second cover body 620, the front-to-rear dimensions of the long holes 616A-616C and the grooves 626A-626C are narrower than the diameter 2R of the game ball P, so that the game ball P rolls to the left and then falls from the left end of the second cover body 620 into the uncovered area 650 and is returned to the first guide passage forming section 202.

As a result, not only can game balls that have landed on the second cover body 620 be returned to the first guide path forming section 202, but it is also possible to prevent the falling screw member N from restricting the space in which it can be retained due to game balls P being retained in the long holes 616A-616C and the grooves 626A-626C, or from coming into contact with the retained game balls and falling from the uncovered area 650 into the first guide path forming section 202.

On the other hand, if the screw members N3 to N6 that have fallen and are stuck on the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 move due to vibration or impact and fall from the non-covered area 650 provided between the second cover body 620 and the third cover body 630 into the first guide path forming part 202, or if, like the screw member N4, it moves backward on the upper wall part and then falls directly from the non-covered area 650 into the first guide path forming part 202, it will move downstream in response to the flow of the game balls P in the first guide path forming part 202, slip out between the game balls, and approach the bottom wall part 203A, and fall from one of the holes 271A to 271H and be discharged outside the first guide path forming part 202, so that the screw members that have fallen into the first guide path forming part 202 can be prevented from moving and being mixed into the payout device 200.

The multiple holes 271A-271H formed in the bottom wall 203A are formed from the midstream (near the meandering section) to the downstream section of the first guide passage forming section 202, and there is an area where no holes are formed between the hole (not shown) formed in a position close to the ball tank forming section 201 and the most upstream hole 271A of the holes 271A-271H. In this way, by forming an area where multiple holes are not formed in the upstream section of the first guide passage forming section 202, it is possible to preferably prevent a decrease in the strength of the bottom wall 203A near the upstream section of the first guide passage forming section 202, where ball pressure is applied when game balls from the ball tank forming section 201 flow down in a vertically stacked state.

In addition, recesses 680, 614, 643 are provided near the first induction passage forming section 202 as special retention sections that can retain the screw members N3 to N6, N13 that have moved toward the first induction passage forming section 202 before they reach the first induction passage forming section 202. These recesses 680, 614, 643 are provided below the screw members N3 to N6, N13, and the screw members N3 to N6, N13 that have come out of the mounting holes can move toward the recesses 680, 614, 643, thereby preventing the screw members N3 to N6, N13 that have come out of the mounting holes from falling into the first induction passage forming section 202.

The recesses 680, 614, 643 are deep enough that when the screw members N3 to N6, N13 are housed, a portion of the screw members N3 to N6, N13 protrudes, so that the screw members N3 to N6, N13 that are retained in the recesses 680, 614, 643 can be easily removed. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 64(B), the right side sinks and sags in response to the change to the third open state or the fourth open state, and the gaming machine frame 3 tilts downward to the right, so that the recesses 680, 614, 643 are deep enough that the retained screw members N3 to N6, N13 do not flow out.

As shown in FIG. 64(A), in the closed state, the passage formed by the first passage forming body 203 is arranged to incline downward toward the payout device 200 on the left side, and the first cover body 610, second cover body 620, and third cover body 630 covering the upper part of the first guide passage forming part 202 are also arranged to incline downward toward the left side, that is, toward the rotation axis T1 side of the gaming machine frame 3. In other words, the first cover body 610, second cover body 620, and third cover body 630 are given a predetermined inclination by making the part located opposite the rotation axis T1 higher than the part located on the rotation axis T1 side.

Here, as shown in FIG. 64(B), when the state is changed to the third open state or the fourth open state, the right side sinks and sags, and the gaming machine frame 3 tilts downward toward the right, so that the inclination angle of the upper side of the gaming machine frame 3 with respect to the horizontal line becomes an inclination angle θ12. However, since the inclination angle θ11 of the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 with respect to the horizontal line shown in FIG. 64(A) is larger (θ11>θ12), the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 maintain an inclined state inclined downward toward the left side where the rotation axis T1 is located. Therefore, even if sagging occurs with opening, the screw member N that has accumulated on the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 is prevented from flowing back and falling into the ball tank forming section 201 or the first guide passage forming section 202.

(Variation 1)
Next, a pachinko gaming machine 1 as a first modified example of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.

In the above embodiment, the connecting lock unit 490 having the cylinder lock 491 is attached to the door frame 50, but as shown in FIG. 65(A), it may be attached to the gaming machine frame 3. In this case, the cylindrical cylinder lock 491A may be provided so as to protrude forward and, in the closed state, may be inserted into a cylindrical hole 690 formed in the door frame 50. The outer diameter dimension L30 of the cylinder lock 491A is shorter than the inner diameter dimension L31 of the cylindrical hole 690, so that the cylinder lock 491A can be inserted into the cylindrical hole 690.

In this way, when the cylindrical cylinder lock 491A is inserted into the cylindrical hole 690 and a downward external force is applied to the opening and closing door frame 50, the cylinder lock 491A is supported by the cylindrical hole 690, dispersing the load on the opening and closing door frame 50 to the gaming machine frame 3 side, and reducing the load on the pivot axis T2, preventing the opening and closing door frame 50 from sagging.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 65(B), even when the door frame 50 is opened and changes to the first open state, the cylinder lock 491A is supported by the cylindrical hole 690, thereby preventing the door frame 50 from sagging. In other words, the cylinder lock 491A and the cylindrical hole 690 constitute a sagging prevention means that prevents the door frame 50 from sagging in the vertical direction.

When inserting a specific key into the keyhole 60 provided on the front of the cylinder lock 491A to unlock it and set it to the first open state, it is difficult to open the door frame 50 unless the specific key is removed from the keyhole 60. Therefore, it is conceivable to make the cylindrical hole 690 into an insertable specific key so that the door frame 50 can be opened with the specific key inserted, but this makes it difficult to open.

(Variation 2)
Next, a pachinko gaming machine 1 according to a second modified example of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 66, a power switch 91B is provided on the power supply board 91 housed in the board case 91A. The power switch 91B has an "O (OFF)" symbol on the top and a "- (ON)" symbol on the bottom, and is designed so that pressing the top turns the power OFF and pressing the bottom turns the power ON.

As mentioned above, the center of gravity of the opening/closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 is located to the right of the center due to the three-dimensional decorative unit 400 being positioned on the right side, so when attempting to close from the second open state or the fourth open state, momentum is generated, and it is easy for a large impact to occur when rotation is restricted in the closed position.

As shown by the black arrow in the figure, the direction of force applied when closing the gaming machine frame 3 is approximately horizontal, and the power switch 91B is preferably provided on the side of the gaming machine frame 3 so that the power can be turned ON and OFF by pressing either the up or down direction, which is different from the horizontal direction, so that the power switch 91B is not switched by the impact when the gaming machine frame 3 is restricted in the closed position by the closing operation. Note that it is preferable that the switches other than the power switch 91B for the power source are provided in the same manner.

As mentioned above, the center of gravity of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 is located to the right of the center, which makes it easier for the impact to be large when rotation is restricted in the closed position. For example, although not shown in the figure, the board case 11A housing the main board 11 that controls the progress of the game can be positioned toward the rotation axis T1 (left side) from the center in the left-right direction of the gaming machine frame 3 to avoid damage or malfunction due to impact when closing (see Figure 24).

Furthermore, with regard to the numerous screw members attached to the gaming machine frame 3 and the opening/closing door frame 50 from the rear in the horizontal direction, which is the rotation direction, it is preferable that the number of screw members provided on the rotation axis T1 side (left side) from the center position in the left-right direction is greater than the number of screw members provided on the opposite side of the rotation axis T1 (right side) from the center position in the left-right direction. This makes it possible to prevent the screw members from loosening or falling out of the mounting holes due to impacts that occur when closing (see Figure 24).

In addition, multiple screw members may be attached on the opposite side (right side) of the pivot axis T1 from the center position in the left-right direction, but it is preferable that one of the multiple screw members is screwed into the mounting hole in the vertical direction that intersects with the horizontal direction of the gaming machine frame 3 and the opening and closing door frame 50. In this way, it is possible to prevent the screw members from loosening or falling out of the mounting hole due to the impact generated when closing.

The terminal board 210, which is the connection terminal for the game ball lending device (the connection part with the card unit), allows game balls to be fired only when it is connected, and prevents game balls from being fired when it is not connected. It is preferable that the terminal board 210 is located on the pivot axis T1 side (left side) from the center position in the left-right direction. This prevents the player from being disadvantaged by the impact that occurs when closing the device causing the connection to be released, preventing game balls from being fired.

(Variation 3)
Next, a pachinko gaming machine 1 as a modified example 3 of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.

As shown in FIG. 67(A), in the pachinko gaming machine 1 of this modified example, the upper surface 50h of the upper wall of the opening/closing door frame 50, the upper surface 3h of the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3, and the upper surface 70h of the upper plate 70a of the outer frame 70 are such that, when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is in a closed state, the uppermost position X2 on the upper surface 3h of the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3 is located higher than the uppermost position X1 on the upper surface 50h of the upper wall of the opening/closing door frame 50, and the uppermost position X3 on the upper surface 70h of the upper plate 70a of the outer frame 70 is located higher than the uppermost position X2 on the upper surface 3h of the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3 (X1<X2<X3).

The rear of the upper surface 50h of the upper wall of the opening and closing door frame 50 is an inclined surface that slopes downward toward the rear, and in the closed state, the rear end of the upper wall of the opening and closing door frame 50 is positioned lower than the front end of the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3, creating a step 701 between the upper wall of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3. The inclination angle θ21 is preferably about 1 to 5 degrees.

The upper surface 3h of the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3 is an inclined surface that slopes downward toward the rear, and in the closed state, the rear end of the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3 is positioned lower than the front end of the upper plate 70a of the outer frame 70, creating a step 702 between the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3 and the upper plate 70a of the outer frame 70. The inclination angle θ22 is preferably about 1 to 5 degrees.

In this way, the rear of the upper surface 50h of the upper wall of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the upper surface 3h of the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3 are formed as inclined surfaces that slope downward toward the rear. If a gaming ball P falls onto the upper surface 50h or the upper surface 3h for some reason, the gaming ball P is guided toward the rear by the inclined surface, and then the rolling of the gaming ball P is restricted by the step portions 701 and 702, causing it to remain there, preventing it from falling toward the player seated in front of the pachinko gaming machine 1.

As shown in FIG. 68(A), when a game ball P has fallen on the upper surface 50h of the upper wall of the door frame 50 and an arcade attendant opens the door frame 50 to enter the second open state, the game ball P is guided rearward by the inclined surface and falls to the back side of the door frame 50, so that the game ball P does not fall on the player or arcade attendant, making it safe.

Also, as shown in FIG. 68(B), if the game ball P has fallen on the upper surface 50h of the upper wall of the door frame 50 and the rotation is stopped in the first state where the door is slightly open, such as immediately after the game store employee unlocks the door frame 50, if the gap is small, the game ball P will not fall between the door frame 50 and the game machine frame 3, but will become stuck between the door frame 50 and the game machine frame 3. If the game store employee closes the door frame 50 with the ball still stuck there without realizing it, there is a risk that the door frame 50 or the game machine frame 3 will be damaged.

However, as shown in FIG. 68(C), when the door frame 50 is in the first open state, the right side of the door frame 50 sinks and sags, and the top surface 50h is tilted downward toward the right side, so that the game ball P does not remain trapped and is instead guided toward the right side and then falls to the right side. This prevents damage to the door frame 50 or the game machine frame 3 due to the ball getting caught, and ensures safety as the game ball P will not fall toward the players or game store staff in front.

Also, as shown in FIG. 69(A), when a gaming ball P has fallen onto the upper surface 3h of the upper wall of the gaming machine frame 3 and an amusement store attendant opens the gaming machine frame 3 to the fourth open state, the gaming ball P is guided rearward by the inclined surface and falls to the back side of the gaming machine frame 3, so that it is safe for the player or the amusement store attendant not to fall on the player or the amusement store attendant. Also, because some of the gaming ball P guided to the back side of the gaming machine frame 3 is guided to the ball tank forming portion 201, the effort required to return the gaming ball P to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is reduced.

Also, as shown in FIG. 69(B), if the rotation is stopped in the third open state where the game ball P has fallen onto the upper surface 3h of the upper wall of the game machine frame 3, such as immediately after an amusement store employee unlocks the game machine frame 3, if the gap is small the game ball P will not fall between the game machine frame 3 and the outer frame 70, but will become caught between the game machine frame 3 and the outer frame 70. If the amusement store employee closes the game machine frame 3 with the ball still caught without realizing it, there is a risk that the game machine frame 3 and/or the outer frame 70 will be damaged.

However, as shown in FIG. 69(C), when the third open state is reached, the right side of the gaming machine frame 3 sinks and sags, and the top surface 3h is tilted downward toward the right side, so that the gaming ball P does not remain trapped and is instead guided toward the right side and then falls to the right side. This prevents damage to the gaming machine frame 3 and outer frame 70 due to the ball getting caught, and ensures safety as the gaming ball P will not fall toward the players or gaming store staff in front.

(Action and Effects)
[Form 1]
As described above, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention is capable of controlling the game state such as a big win game state advantageous to the player, and is equipped with a presentation control CPU 120 for customizing presentations, and is composed of parts including an opening/closing door frame 50 (door frame) and a gaming machine frame 3 (inner frame), and further equipped with a reinforcing sheet metal 50B or the like (sagging suppression means) for suppressing the opening/closing door frame 50 from sagging in the vertical direction, and the opening/closing door frame 50 has a ball supply tray 61 as a predetermined position where a player can apply load in the vertical direction, and has a first closed state (closed state) in which the door is locked to the gaming machine frame 3, a first open state (first unlocked state) in which the door is unlocked from the locked state to the gaming machine frame 3, and a second open state (first unlocked state) in which the door is unlocked from the locked state to the gaming machine frame 3, and a third open state (first unlocked state) in which the door is unlocked from the locked state to the gaming machine frame 3. and a second open state (second unlocked state) in which the opening/closing door frame 50 is more open than the open state, and the opening/closing door frame 50 is provided with specific interior entry parts (e.g., the connection passage portion 354, the ball removal lever 545, the bent piece 367) that enter the interior of the gaming machine frame 3 when it is in the first closed state, and the opening/closing door frame 50 hangs down more vertically when it is in the first open state than when it is in the first closed state, and the specific interior entry parts are provided in positions that do not come into contact with entered parts of the gaming machine frame 3 other than the specific interior entry parts (e.g., the cover members 242A, 242B, the lever insertion hole 366, the recess 380F) when the opening/closing door frame 50 changes from the first closed state to the first open state.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the opening/closing door frame 50 as a result of the player's playing posture, causing it to sag more than expected, when the opening/closing door frame 50 is unlocked, the specific internal intrusion parts do not interfere with the intruded parts of the gaming machine frame 3, so deterioration of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is prevented and gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly.

[Form 2]
In addition, the specific interior entry part is installed in a position where it does not come into contact with parts of the gaming machine frame 3 other than the specific interior entry part when the opening/closing door frame 50 changes from the second open state to the first open state and then to the first closed state.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the opening/closing door frame 50 as a result of the player's playing posture, causing it to sag more than expected, when the opening/closing door frame 50 is closed, the specific interior entry parts do not interfere with the parts of the gaming machine frame 3, so that the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly while preventing deterioration of the pachinko gaming machine 1.

[Form 3]
The pachinko gaming machine 1 is composed of parts including an opening/closing door frame 50 (door frame), a gaming machine frame 3 (inner frame), and an outer frame 70, and the opening/closing door frame 50 is changeable between a first closed state (door frame closed state) in which it is locked to the gaming machine frame 3, a first open state (door frame first unlocked state) in which it is unlocked from a state locked to the gaming machine frame 3, and a second open state (door frame second unlocked state) in which the opening/closing door frame 50 is more open than in the first open state. The gaming machine frame 3 is changeable between a second closed state (inner frame closed state) in which it is locked to the outer frame 70, and a second open state (door frame second unlocked state) in which it is unlocked from a state locked to the outer frame 70. and a fourth open state (inner frame second unlocked state) in which the gaming machine frame 3 is more open than in the third open state, and a bottom wall 381 (inner frame specific part) is provided near the bottom surface of the gaming machine frame 3, which is superimposed above the upper wall 410H (outer frame specific part) of the outer frame 70 when in the second closed state, and the gaming machine frame 3 hangs down more vertically when in the third open state than when in the second closed state, and the bottom wall 381 is provided in a position not to come into contact with the upper wall 410H when the gaming machine frame 3 changes from the second closed state to the third open state.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the opening/closing door frame 50 as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the opening/closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 to sag more than expected, the bottom wall 381 near the bottom surface of the gaming machine frame 3 is positioned so as not to come into contact with the upper wall 410H of the outer frame 70 when unlocking the gaming machine frame 3, thereby preventing further deterioration of the pachinko gaming machine 1 and allowing the gaming store staff to perform their work smoothly.

[Form 4]
In addition, the bottom wall 381 is provided at a position where it does not come into contact with the upper wall 410H when the gaming machine frame 3 changes from the fourth open state to the third open state and then to the second closed state.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the gaming machine frame 3 as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the gaming machine frame 3 to sag more than expected, the bottom wall 381 near the bottom surface of the gaming machine frame 3 is positioned so as not to come into contact with the upper wall 410H of the outer frame 70 when the gaming machine frame 3 is closed, so that further deterioration of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is prevented and gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly.

[Form 5]
In addition, the gaming machine frame 3 is provided with a right rear corner 220C (corner on the depth side) when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is viewed from the front, on the opposite side to the pivot axis T1 (axis portion) that enables the gaming machine frame 3 to be opened and closed, and the right rear corner 220C is provided in a position that does not come into contact with the outer frame 70 when the gaming machine frame 3 changes from the second closed state to the third open state.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the gaming machine frame 3 as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the opening and closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 to sag more than expected, when the gaming machine frame 3 is unlocked, the right rear corner 220C of the gaming machine frame 3 is located in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame 70, so that further deterioration of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is prevented and the gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly.

[Form 6]
In addition, the gaming machine frame 3 is provided with a right rear corner 220C (corner on the depth side) when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is viewed from the front, on the opposite side to the pivot axis T1 (axis portion) that enables the gaming machine frame 3 to be opened and closed, and the right rear corner 220C is provided in a position that does not come into contact with the outer frame 70 when the gaming machine frame 3 changes from the fourth open state to the third open state and then to the second closed state.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the opening/closing door frame 50 as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the opening/closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3 to sag more than expected, the right rear corner 220C of the gaming machine frame 3 is located in a position where it does not come into contact with the outer frame 70 when the gaming machine frame 3 is closed, so that further deterioration of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is prevented and gaming store staff can perform their work smoothly.

[Form 7]
In addition, a bent piece 367 (a specified door frame part) is provided near the bottom surface of the opening and closing door frame 50, which overlaps with a recess 380F (a specified inner frame part) of the gaming machine frame 3 when the opening and closing door frame 50 is in the first closed state, and the bent piece 367 is provided in a position that does not contact the recess 380F when the opening and closing door frame 50 changes from the first closed state to the first open state.
According to this feature, even if an unexpected load is placed on the opening/closing door frame 50 as a result of the player's playing posture, causing the opening/closing door frame 50 to sag more than expected, the bent piece 367 near the bottom of the door frame does not come into contact with the recess 380F, so deterioration of the pachinko game machine 1 is prevented and game store staff can perform their work smoothly.

[Form 8]
Furthermore, when the opening/closing door frame 50 is in a first closed state and the gaming machine frame 3 is in a second closed state locked to the outer frame 70, the upper surface 70h of the outer frame 70 is at a higher position than the upper surface 3h of the gaming machine frame 3, and the upper surface 50h of the opening/closing door frame 50 is higher on the player side than on the gaming machine frame 3 side.
According to this feature, even if a game ball lands on the gaming cabinet while a player is playing, the game ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, thereby preventing the game ball from being lost and ensuring the player's safety.

[Mode 9]
Furthermore, when the opening/closing door frame 50 is in a first closed state and the gaming machine frame 3 is in a second closed state in which it is locked to the outer frame 70, the upper surface 3h of the gaming machine frame 3 is at a higher position than the upper surface 50h of the opening/closing door frame 50, and the upper surface 50h of the opening/closing door frame 50 is higher on the player side than on the gaming machine frame 3 side.
According to this feature, even if a game ball lands on the gaming cabinet while a player is playing, the game ball is unlikely to fall toward the player, thereby preventing the game ball from being lost and ensuring the player's safety.

[Form 11]
In addition, a shutter opening shaft 540 (special part) different from the specific internal entry part is provided on the opening/closing door frame 50, and the shutter opening shaft 540 comes into contact with a shutter opening switch 362 (switch) provided on the opening/closing door frame 50, and the shutter opening switch 362 is pressed down a specified depth by the shutter opening shaft 540, thereby opening the ball supply port 360a (specific event).The shutter opening shaft 540 comes into contact with the shutter opening switch 362 when the opening/closing door frame 50 changes from the second open state to the first open state, but is not pressed down to the specified depth, and is then provided in a position where it comes into contact with the shutter opening switch 362 and is pressed down to the specified depth when the opening/closing door frame 50 changes to the first closed state.
According to this feature, even if the opening and closing door frame 50 sags, the opening of the ball supply port 360a, which is a specific event, is not affected, making it possible to play the game smoothly.

[Form 17]
The ball tank (storage section) is capable of storing game balls, a payout device 200 (payout section) is capable of paying out game balls, a first guide path forming section 202 and a second guide path forming section 204 (guide path forming section) are open at the top and form a guide path for guiding the game balls in the ball tank to the payout device 200, and a first cover body 610, a second cover body 620, and a third cover body 630 (cover section) are provided so as to cover a part of the top surface of the first guide path forming section 202, and the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 are provided with a first guide path for the screw member that has fallen onto the cover section. Long holes 616A-316C, grooves 626A-626C, and a recess 636 (predetermined restriction portion) are provided to restrict falling into the path forming portion 202, and the gaming machine frame 3 has a rotation axis T1 (axis portion) that enables the gaming machine frame 3 to be opened and closed, and the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 are given a predetermined inclination by making the portion located opposite the rotation axis T1 higher than the portion located on the rotation axis T1 side, and the predetermined inclination is greater than the angle at which the gaming machine frame 3 sags when the gaming machine frame 3 changes from the second closed state to the third open state.
According to this feature, even if the screws are engaged in the long holes 616A to 316C, the grooves 626A to 626C, and the recesses 636 of the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 when the gaming machine frame 3 is unlocked, the screw material will not flow back into the ball tank because the frame 3 has an inclination greater than the sagging of the gaming machine frame 3, making it easy to recover the screw material.

Although an embodiment of the present invention has been described above with reference to the drawings, the present invention is not limited to this embodiment, and it goes without saying that modifications and additions that do not depart from the spirit of the present invention are also included in the present invention.

For example, in the above embodiment, as an example of effect customization, a configuration screen is used that allows the setting of a look-ahead mode that enables a look-ahead light-up effect to be executed, and the setting of a hold number notification that enables the number of hold memories to be notified so that a notification effect that the number of hold memories is full can be executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, effects and functions other than those described above may be set.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the connection passage portion 354, the ball removal lever 545, and the bent piece 367 are used as specific internal entry parts, and the cover members 242A, 242B, the lever insertion hole 366, and the recess 380F are used as the entered parts. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and parts other than those mentioned above can also be applied as long as a specific internal entry part is provided on one of the opening/closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3, and an entered part is provided on the other, and the parts are overlapped in a vertically adjacent state in the first closed state.

The entered part may be any part that constitutes the entered portion into which the specific internal entry part enters in the first closed state or the second closed state, for example, a part that forms a recess recessed into the opening/closing door frame 50 or the gaming machine frame 3.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the specific interior entry part and the entered part are illustrated as being provided below the opening and closing door frame 50 or the gaming machine frame 3, but the present invention is not limited to this, and they may be provided above the playing areas 2L and 2R in the opening and closing door frame 50 or the gaming machine frame 3, and the placement position is arbitrary.

In addition, in the above embodiment, a shutter opening switch 362 is used as the switch, and a shutter opening shaft 540 is used as the special part, but the present invention is not limited to this. A switch is provided on one of the opening/closing door frame 50 and the gaming machine frame 3, and a special part is provided on the other, and a specific event occurs when the switch is pressed to a predetermined depth by the special part in the first closed state, and the contact state is maintained in the first open state, but the special part is not pressed to the predetermined depth. Other parts (for example, the switch and special part of the door opening sensors 90A, 90B) can also be applied as long as the parts are in such a relationship that a specific event occurs when the switch is pressed to a predetermined depth by the special part in the first closed state, and the contact state is maintained in the first open state, but the special part is not pressed to the predetermined depth.

In the above embodiment, the bottom wall 381 is used as the door frame designated part provided near the bottom surface of the opening and closing door frame 50, and the upper wall 410H is used as the inner frame designated part provided near the bottom surface of the gaming machine frame 3, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the door frame designated part may be the frame under-crime prevention sheet metal 372A or the bent piece 367, and the inner frame designated part may be the lower plate 70d, etc. In other words, as long as it is a bottom part provided near the bottom surface of the opening and closing door frame 50 or the gaming machine frame 3, it does not necessarily have to be a part that constitutes the lowest bottom surface, and any part can be applied. In addition, it is not limited to the bottom wall of the base member of the opening and closing door frame 50 or the gaming machine frame 3, but may be a bottom wall of a reinforcing sheet metal, etc.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the first open state is exemplified as a state in which the opening angle of the opening/closing door frame 50 is in the range of approximately 2 to 5 degrees, but the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be only the state when the opening/closing door frame 50 is unlocked from the first closed state in which it is locked to the gaming machine frame 3, for example, a state in which the opening angle is approximately 2 degrees, or it may be a state in which the opening angle is within a predetermined angle range as described above. Furthermore, the range of the predetermined angle is not limited to the above-mentioned approximately 2 to 5 degrees.

Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the guiding state in which the guided member 441 is guided by the slider member 431 is the first open state, but the first state does not necessarily have to be the guiding state, and may include a state in which the opening angle is about 6 degrees and the guided member 441 is in a non-guiding state. In other words, the slider member 431 and the guided member 441 do not necessarily have to be provided.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the third open state is exemplified as a state in which the opening angle of the gaming machine frame 3 is in the range of approximately 2 to 10 degrees, but the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be only the state when the gaming machine frame 3 is unlocked from the second closed state in which it is locked to the outer frame 70, for example, a state in which the opening angle is 2 degrees, or it may be a state in which the opening angle is within a predetermined angle range as described above. Furthermore, the range of the predetermined angle is not limited to the above-mentioned approximately 2 to 10 degrees.

Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the guiding state in which the guided member 421 is guided by the slider member 411 is the third open state, but the third state does not necessarily have to be a guiding state, and may include a state in which the opening angle is about 11 degrees and the non-guiding state is entered. In other words, the slider member 411 and the guided member 421 do not necessarily have to be provided.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the right rear corner 220C of the cover body 220 is used as an example of a corner on the depth side of the gaming machine frame 3, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the corner may be other members such as a base member constituting the gaming machine frame 3, or a device or board case assembled as the gaming board unit 2A.

In the above embodiment, as an example of a sagging suppression means for suppressing the sagging of the door frame or inner frame in the vertical direction, a reinforcing sheet metal 50B fixed to the rear side of the base door frame 50A via a plurality of screw members, and a configuration in which the lower bearing hole 458 and the shaft pin 454 are positioned to the right of the upper shaft pin 456 and the bearing groove 452 are exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a guide member extending in a circumferential direction centered on the rotation axes T1 and T2 and a guided member guided by the guide member may be provided to suppress sagging. For example, as in the case of the slider members 411 and 431 and the guided members 421 and 441, not only the guided members 421 and 441 are slidably guided on the slider members 411 and 431, but also the guided members may be slidably guided while being suspended by the guide members. Furthermore, the guide members may be extended in the circumferential direction around the rotation axes T1 and T2 to increase the range of rotation in which the guided members are guided, or the number of guide members and guided members may be increased. In addition, the slider members 411 and 431 and the guided members 421 and 441 also constitute a sagging suppression means to suppress sagging by supporting the lower right side of the opening and closing door frame 50 and the game machine frame 3 in the second closed state, the first open state, and the third open state.

The pivots T1 and T2 may be constructed of highly rigid hinges or the strength of reinforcing members such as the reinforcing metal plate 50B may be increased. Methods for increasing the strength of reinforcing members such as the reinforcing metal plate 50B include increasing the plate thickness, changing the material, or making the right side near the pivots T1 and T2 higher than the left side.

In the above embodiment, the screw members are N1-6, N11, N12, N13, and N15 for attaching the mounting member 223 and the first passage forming body 203 to the gaming machine frame 3 of the pachinko gaming machine 1, screw members (not shown) attached to other parts of the pachinko gaming machine 1, screw members (not shown) for assembling the frame that constitutes the gaming island, and screw members (not shown) for attaching various devices arranged inside the gaming island to the frame, but the present invention is not limited to this. All screw members, such as screw members that remain in the pachinko gaming machine 1 for some reason, such as forgetting to install them during the manufacturing of the gaming machine or maintenance at the gaming parlor, can be targeted, but it is preferable that at least screw members that have been previously installed in the pachinko gaming machine 1 can be prevented from being mixed into the payout device 200.

In addition, in the above embodiment, a form was exemplified in which a ball tank forming section 201 formed in a box shape with an open top by a bottom wall section 203A and a vertical wall section 203B was used as a storage section capable of storing game media, but the present invention is not limited to this, and as long as the storage section is capable of storing game balls, it does not have to have a longer front-to-back dimension than the first guide passage forming section 202 like the ball tank forming section 201, and may have a front-to-back dimension that is approximately the same as or shorter than the first guide passage forming section 202.

In addition, in the above embodiment, an example was given of a form in which a payout device 200 capable of paying out game balls using a rotatable sprocket was applied as a payout section capable of paying out game media, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a payout device capable of paying out game balls using a member other than a sprocket may also be used.

In the above embodiment, the first guide path forming section 202 is formed as a groove with an open top by a bottom wall section 203A and a vertical wall section 203B as a guide path forming section that has an open top and forms a guide path that guides the game media in the storage section to the payout section. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the guide path forming section may be made of a cylindrical member with an opening formed in part of the top surface, and the shape, size, etc. may be changed in various ways. Furthermore, the width dimension (front-to-back dimension) may be approximately the same as or larger than the ball tank forming section 201, and the ball tank forming section may guide the game balls to flow down in multiple rows.

In addition, in the above embodiment, a form was exemplified in which the ball tank forming section 201 as a storage section capable of storing game balls and the first guide passage forming section 202, which has an open top and forms a first guide passage that guides the game balls in the ball tank forming section 201 to the payout device 200, are molded as one piece, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the ball tank forming section 201 and the first guide passage forming section 202 may be formed as one piece by assembling separate members with a screw member or the like. In this case, the screw member that assembles the ball tank forming section 201 and the first guide passage forming section 202 also falls within the scope of the screw member of the present invention.

In the above embodiment, a screw member may be introduced through the top opening of the first guide path forming section 202, but the present invention is not limited to this. The screw member may be introduced through a hole or a notch formed on the vertical wall side of the first guide path forming section 202. In addition, if the screw member may be introduced into the second guide path forming section 204, a predetermined limiting section for limiting the screw member from falling into the second guide path forming section 204, or a specific limiting section for limiting the movement of the screw member that has fallen into the second guide path forming section 204 to the dispensing device 200 may be provided.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 are used as cover parts provided to cover a portion of the upper surface of the first induction passage forming section 202, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the entire area of the upper surface of the first induction passage forming section 202 may be covered by the cover parts.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the cover portion that covers a portion of the upper surface of the first induction passage forming portion 202 may be formed of a separate member from the first induction passage forming portion 202, or may be formed integrally with the first induction passage forming portion 202 in advance. In other words, the first induction passage forming portion 202 may be formed in advance in a rectangular tube shape.

In the above embodiment, as a predetermined limiting portion for limiting the fall of the screw member that has fallen onto the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 into the first induction passage forming portion 202, the long holes 616A to 616C as holes that can retain the screw member on the cover portion, the grooves 626A to 626C as recesses, and the recess 636 are exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and may be a fall limiting portion (fall inhibiting portion) that can limit (or inhibit) the fall of the screw member from the cover portion, a movement limiting portion (movement inhibiting portion) that can limit (or inhibit) the movement of the screw member on the cover portion, or a fall guiding portion such as an inclined surface that guides the screw member so that it can fall from the cover portion to the outside of the first induction passage forming portion 202. In addition, the means for limiting or inhibiting the fall or movement may be not only a convex portion or a concave portion, but also a magnet that can attract a metal screw member, or an adhesive portion that can adhere to the screw member. In other words, the specified restriction portion for restricting the screw member that has fallen onto the first cover body 610, the second cover body 620, and the third cover body 630 from falling into the first guide passage forming portion 202 need not only be something that makes it impossible for the screw member to fall into the first guide passage forming portion 202, but also something that can make it difficult for the screw member to fall.

In the above embodiment, a form in which a plurality of holes 271A to 271H are applied as a specific limiting portion provided in the first guide path forming portion 202 to limit the movement of the screw member that has fallen into the first guide path forming portion 202 toward the payout device 200 has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a movement limiting portion (movement inhibiting portion) capable of restricting (or inhibiting) the movement of the screw member that has fallen into the first guide path forming portion 202 toward the payout device 200 side may be used. In addition, as a means capable of restricting or inhibiting the movement toward the payout device 200 side, not only a convex portion or a concave portion but also a magnet that can attract a metal screw member or an adhesive portion that can adhere to the screw member may be used, and these are preferably provided in a position that does not affect the flow of the game balls (for example, a portion that does not come into contact with the game balls, such as a corner between the bottom wall portion 203A and the vertical wall portion 203B).

In other words, the specific restriction section provided in the first guide path forming section 202 for restricting the movement of the screw member that has fallen into the first guide path forming section 202 toward the dispensing device 200 is not necessarily limited to a section that prevents the screw member that has entered the first guide path forming section 202 from moving toward the dispensing device 200, but may be any section that makes it difficult for the screw member to move, as long as it can restrict the movement of the screw member toward the dispensing device 200.

In addition, if the movement of the screw member that has fallen into the first guide path forming section 202 to the payout device 200 is restricted (restricted, hindered) by the specific restriction section provided in the first guide path forming section 202, the flow of the game balls down is also restricted by the screw member that is stuck in the first guide path due to the restricted movement, and there is a high possibility that ball jamming will occur. If ball jamming occurs, as described above, a supply error notification is executed, and it is highly likely that a store clerk at the game arcade will open the game machine frame 3 and visually inspect the ball tank forming section 201 on the back and the state of the game balls in the first guide path forming section 202. At this time, since the screw member does not move to the payout device 200 and is stuck in the first guide path forming section 202, it becomes easier for the store clerk to identify that the cause of the ball jam was the screw member, and it becomes possible to take appropriate measures.

In addition, in the above embodiment, a configuration in which all of the multiple holes 271A-271H are large enough to allow the screw member to drop through them has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and as long as at least two of the multiple holes 271A-271H are formed to allow the screw member to drop through them, the other holes do not need to allow the screw member to drop through them. Furthermore, the shape and size of the multiple holes 271A-271H are arbitrary and can be modified in various ways without being limited to the above configuration.

In addition, in the above embodiment, spherical gaming balls (pachinko balls) were used as an example of gaming media, but the gaming media is not limited to spherical gaming media and may be non-spherical gaming media such as medals.

In addition, in the above embodiment, an example was given of a form in which a jackpot game state in which game balls can enter the jackpot winning port and more prize balls are paid out than when game balls enter the starting winning port or the general winning port 10 is considered to be an advantageous state, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a time-saving state or a probability variable state (high base state) may also be considered to be an advantageous state as long as it is a game state that is advantageous to the player, such as making it easier for game balls to enter the winning port than in a normal state or making it easier to be controlled into a jackpot game state.

The gaming machine of the present invention can also be applied to slot machines and other enclosed gaming machines that enclose gaming media and award points based on winning. A gaming machine capable of playing games is one that at least allows players to play games, and is not limited to pachinko machines or slot machines, and may be a general game machine.

Reference Signs List 1 Pachinko game machine 2 Game board 3 Game machine frame 5 Image display device 32 Movable body 50 Opening and closing door frame 61 Ball supply tray 70 Outer frame 100 Game control microcomputer 120 Performance control CPU
400 Three-dimensional decoration unit

Claims (1)

A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state,
Equipped with a means for customizing the performance,
The gaming machine includes:
The door is made up of parts including a door frame, an inner frame, and an outer frame.
The door frame further includes a sagging suppression means for suppressing sagging in the vertical direction,
The door frame includes:
There is a predetermined position where a player can apply a load in the vertical direction,
the door frame is changeable between a door frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked, a door frame first unlocked state in which the opening angle is small when unlocked from the state in which the inner frame is locked, and a door frame second unlocked state in which the door frame is more open than in the door frame first unlocked state,
The inner frame is changeable between an inner frame closed state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, an inner frame first unlocked state in which the opening angle is small when unlocked from the state in which the inner frame is locked to the outer frame, and an inner frame second unlocked state in which the inner frame is more open than in the inner frame first unlocked state,
the inner frame hangs down more vertically when in the inner frame first unlocked state than when in the inner frame closed state,
The inner frame is provided with a corner portion on the opposite side to the shaft portion that enables the inner frame to be opened and closed, the corner portion being on the depth side when the gaming machine is viewed from the front,
The corner portion is provided at a position that does not contact the outer frame when the inner frame is changed from the inner frame closed state to the inner frame first unlocked state ,
the inner frame has a first guide portion that slides a guided portion of the door frame to guide the door frame toward a closed position,
the outer frame has a second guiding portion that slides a guided portion of the inner frame to guide the inner frame toward a closed position,
A gaming machine , wherein the length over which the second guide portion guides the guided portion of the inner frame is longer than the length over which the first guide portion guides the guided portion of the door frame .

Images